Sunteți pe pagina 1din 282

ILOKANO FAMILIARIZATION COURSE

INTRODUCTION
REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES

Geography
The Republic of the Philippines lies
north of the equator, at approximately
the 25th degree of latitude. It is
composed of 7,107 islands, comprising
a total area of 296,912 square
kilometers, approximately the size of
the state of Arizona only the islands are
spread over a larger territory. It is
bounded by the China Sea to the west,
the Pacific Ocean to the east, the
Celebes Sea to the south, and the
Balintang Channel to the north. The Philippines largest cities are Manila, Quezon City,
Davao, and Cebu.

The Philippines can be roughly divided into three main islands: Luzon, the Visayas, and
Mindanao. Luzon is the largest and most populous island in the archipelago. Metro Manila,
which is home to over ten million Filipinos, is located there. With its strategic marine location,
Manila contains one of the best harbors in the Philippines and is considered the most logical
location for the national government and the center of commerce. Quezon City is the capital of
the Philippines and Baguio City is the officially designated summer capital.
One of the largest and most contemporary city networks in Asia, Metro Manila contains ten
cities: Coloocan, Las Pinas, Makati, Malabon, Manila, Muntinlupa, Paranaque, Pasay, Quezon,
and San Juan.
Mountain ranges separate provinces both inland and along the coasts. The Cordillera mountain
ranges run through Luzon, demonstrating sharp contrast with the green foothills and coastal
plains.
Many islands are mountainous and there is potential for volcanic and earthquake activity
throughout the country. In 1991, Mt. Pinatubo, dormant for 600 years, erupted violently and
buried entire villages, destroyed agricultural lands and schools, and almost completely covered
U.S. Clark Air Base with lava and ash. Global weather patterns were affected by this eruption
throughout 1993.
The Philippines has one of the worst killer volcanoes in the world, the Taal Volcano.
Geologists call this volcano Small but Terrible because it has already killed thousands of
inhabitants. The Philippines is included in the Pacific Ring of Fire. In fact, the Philippines has
more than 200 volcanoes although only 21 are still considered active.

Climate
The Philippines climate is
composed of a rainy season and a
dry season. The rainy season spans
from June through October. Strong
winds from the Pacific Ocean and
the China Sea bring heavy rain to the
country almost daily which can
cause severe flooding. The strongest
rains occur in the central and western
parts of the country. Rainy season is
also known as typhoon season
bringing as many as 15 typhoons to
the country each year. Typhoons,
usually originating out of the Pacific
Ocean, contain destructive winds and torrential rains. As typhoons make landfall and move
across the country, they can destroy crops and sink boats.
Starting in either December or January, skies usually become clear and the dry season begins.
Temperatures become extremely hot, usually by April or May, and the people become anxious
again for rain. Mindanao is the only island in the country that has even rainfall throughout the
year. The lowlands are consistently hot and humid throughout the year. In contrast, the
mountains can be quite cool, particularly at night.
Population
The Philippines has a population of over 80 million people. Its
population growth rate has been estimated at 2.71 per annum, the highest
growth rate in Asia. The population can be divided into three religious
groups: Christians, Muslims, and indigenous Animists. Over 90 percent of
the population is Christian, the majority of which are farmers and
fishermen. The Tagalogs are a group who live in southern and central
Luzon. Visayan speaking groups predominate in the Central Philippines.
Migrants from Luzon and the Visayas have established settlements in
Mindanao.
Muslim Filipinos sometimes called Moros, live in
Mindanao and the Sulu Archipelago. Other Muslims such as
the Tausog, Samal, Maguindanao, and the Maranao live either by the sea or on the
flood plains. The indigenous Animists inhabit the less accessible parts of the
country and are made up of several groups. There are the sturdy groups of the
Cordillera Mountains, such as the Ifugao and Kalinga; the reserved group called
Aeta, who live in the mountains and seaside caves; and the Tboli, who live in the
Mindanao fields; the Mangyan from Mindoro.

Apart from the indigenous people, very few Filipinos can claim pure ethnic
descent. Most have inherited Chinese, Indian, Spanish, and Japanese genes
from their ancestors. Intermarriages are common, and the offspring of these
marriages are called mestizos.
The Philippines has a rich cultural heritage. Although Philippine culture
displays an Asian character, it also reveals a strikingly western appearance.
A high percentage of Filipinos speak English, embrace Christianity, and vote
for a democratic government. They are naturally friendly, hospitable, and
united despite their diverse origins from 77 ethno-linguistic groups.

Government
The Republic of the Philippines has 76 provinces, which are divided into municipalities. The
central government is led by the president. Congress consists of a 200-seat House of
Representatives and a 24-seat Senate. Most government offices are in Quezon City, the capital
named after Manuel Quezon, the first president of the country when it became a U.S.
commonwealth in 1935. The voting age is 15 for local elections and 18 for national elections.
There are two major political parties, the Liberal and the Nationalista.

Economy
The Philippines economy is based on agriculture, which employs 45 percent of the labor
force and accounts for about one-third of all exports. The most important crops include rice,
corn, coconut, sugar cane, abaca, and tobacco. In addition to agricultural products, the country
exports electronics, clothing, minerals, and chemicals. Despite problems, the economy began to
show strong growth by 1994. Tax and investment reforms are attracting investment. The
currency is the Philippine peso (P). Even with literacy at 94.6 percent, the country is unable to
sustain steady economic growth and cannot generate enough jobs.

History
The Republic of the Philippines was not the nation as we
know today for most of its history. The Philippines history
is the story of the gradual blending of the original island
people merging their way of life with foreign people and
ideas that arrived on their soil. Chinese merchants linked the
islanders into a broader network of people and introduced
more intricate ways of doing business. Arabs introduced the
islanders to the Muslim religion during the 14th century.
Spanish explorers colonized, converted, and brought
Catholicism to the Philippines over four centuries ago. In 1898, as a defeat in the SpanishAmerican War, Spain ceded control of the Philippines to the
U.S. The Philippine-American war followed shortly as the
Filipinos fought desperately for their independence. This
bloody war lasted for two years. The Americans changed the
Philippines and extended colonialism for over 40 years, but introduced constitutional democracy.

The Commonwealth of the Philippines, under Filipino President Manuel L. Quezon, was
established in 1935. On December 8, 1941, Japan bombed Manila and World War II came to the
Islands. A subsequent Japanese occupation proved to be very harsh.
In October 1944, General Douglas MacArthur liberated the Philippines from Japanese rule.
The Philippines gained independence on July 4, 1946. Manuel Roxas was the first President.
Following independence, the Philippine relationship with the United States remained complex.
Many citizens wanted the Philippines to be a state of the United States, but others felt that the
U.S. already dominated too much in the country. Independence has been difficult but the state of
the current republic is etched with courage, heroism, persistence, and patience. The outcome is
the modern Republic of the Philippines and the proud people that we see today.

Religion
The Filipinos have embraced two of the great religions of the world Islam and Christianity.
Islam was introduced during the 14th century, shortly after the expansion
of Arab commercial ventures in Southeast Asia. Foreigners who intend to
go to the southern region of the Philippines should realize that they are in
the Muslim region of the country. The Spaniards introduced Christianity
in 1521. Since then, the country has been predominately Catholic. The
Protestant religion has existed in the country since 1899.
Locally, two Filipino independent churches were organized at the turn
of the 20th century. These are the Aglipayans and the Iglesia ni Cristo.
Recently, the Aglipayans signed a covenant with the Anglican Church as
one. The Iglesia ni Cristo has expanded its membership considerably. In
fact, the Iglesia ni Cristo Church with its towering architecture, is a
prodigious sight in most major cities, towns, and provincial capitals of the country.

Customs
Folk Customs
In general, the Filipinos are a cordial people. Westerners may prefer to get straight to the
point, but Filipinos enjoy small talk and refreshments prior to getting down to business.
Establishing personal relationships and the right atmosphere for negotiations is important.
Filipinos generally seek group consensus in making any final decisions, with the biggest
influence coming from older generation. People place a lot of value in their self-esteem or amor
propio, and get intimidated when criticized in front of other people. The preferred way to deal
with people is to point out their mistakes in private and close cheerfully by inquiring about the
family.

Marriage
Individual Filipinos choose their marriage partners, but with family approval. The first step
to a wedding is a formal proposal initiated by a go-between, a mutual relative of both families.
A party is usually held to which relatives, sponsors, and a few friends are invited. Traditionally,
the grooms family shoulders the wedding expenses. The wedding is conducted in a church, and
a reception immediately follows. The first music piece is meant for the bride and groom, and
relatives of both parties pin peso notes on the couple. The paper notes pinned on the outfits of
the bride and groom are eventually collected and added to wedding gifts, to signal the beginning
of married life. Marriage is viewed as a permanent contract an inviolable social institution.

Birth
Birth is normally a much-awaited event in the family as they speculate on the babys gender
and name. Uncles, aunts, and parents all help to derive a babys name. Most women in rural
areas give birth at home aided by a midwife. The first religious ritual for the baby born into a
Catholic family is baptism. Sponsors are contacted as godparents who become counselors and
take over the upbringing of the child should parents lose their ability to do so. The parents will
raise the baby with love and tender care. Emotional support and affectionate touching are
abundant as the child grows.

Dating and Courtship


A well-bred young lady from the city may show disinterest when a man woos her with
flowers and chocolates and may even ignore him to test his sincerity. In the province, a young
man may serenade a young woman by singing beneath a window on a moonlit night. When
everything is right between the man and woman and they decide they are ready, they will tell
their family and friends about their romance and begin a courtship. Courting a young lady is to
court her family as well. Modern romance allows solo dating, but a young lady may bring a
chaperone to dinner or dance dates. Premarital sex is not acceptable during the period of
courtship and both parties are expected to behave well in public.

Music
Music is an important part of everyday life in the Philippines. Filipinos sing in the bathroom,
the kitchen, in work areas, and even while stuck in traffic.Children learn to play the guitar, piano,
violin or other musical instruments at an early age.Contemporary music may sound western, yet
it remains Filipino at heart in its romantic tunes, sentimentality, or mellow mood.

Family
The family is the basic social institution and is made up of a father, a mother, children, and
the relatives of the father and the mother. The family values shared by all Filipinos bridge their
many differences. Maintaining close family ties is the foundation to the values of the culture.
Loyalty is a highly placed, fundamental value. Authority within the family is vested not only in
the father and mother, but grandparents as well. The father takes care of the financial needs of
the family, while the mother takes care of the children, plans the meals, and organizes the chores
of each family member.
TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATION
Many middle class Filipinos own cars, but others rely on public transportation. Metro Manila
has numerous buses, taxis, and jeepneys. A jeepney is a highly decorated type of mini-bus built
on the frame of old U.S. military jeeps. They travel on relatively fixed routes and stop when
waved at or atop at the sidewalk. They carry 10-20 passengers for a fare. Passengers tap or
pound on the roof when they want to stop. Traffic is heavy and driving habits are aggressive.
Rural roads are poorly paved or undeveloped and often rely on a motorcycle version of the
jeepney. Travel by foot, bicycle, motorcycle, and on animals is also common. A domestic
airline, ferries and boats provide inter-island transportation. Although communications
infrastructure is generally good, services to rural regions and between islands are not very
extensive. Middle-class homes usually have phones or cellular phones if service is available in
the areas.
EDUCATION
Education is highly valued in the Philippines. Young children can attend kindergarten at age
five and preschool before that. Nearly all children spend six years in the elementary school. A
few schools have a seventh year of elementary education. There are no middle schools and
usually after the 6th grade, 4 years of high school follow. Graduation is typically at age 16-17.
After high school, many go on to college or vocational training. Government usually does not
provide financial aid or any educational grants. Parents sacrifice their farms or other assets just to
send their children to college. After finishing a career, they expect their older child to be
employed to help the next childs educational expenses and so on. These efforts result in national
literacy rate of 94 percent.
HEALTH
Medical service in Manila is generally good. Rural areas have a health unit but it may lack
supplies. In 1995, a new law established a universal health insurance paid for mostly on the basis
of taxation and other government funds. Before, insurance was difficult to afford and
unemployed people and tenant farmers had health insurance problems. A person needing surgery
needed a down payment before an operation would begin, especially in privately owned
hospitals. Government sponsors free vaccinations for children.

Famous Natives

Dr. Jose P. Rizal

Dr. Jose Rizal is the greatest hero of the Philippines. He was born in
Calamba, Laguna on June 19, 1861. He studied medicine at the
University of Santo Tomas and pursued studies at various universities in
Europe. It was while in Europe that he wrote two novels, Noli Me
Tangere and El Filibusterismo. These novels exposed the cruelties of
Spaniards against the Filipinos. The Spaniards accused Jose Rizal of
inciting rebellion against Spanish rulers. He was imprisoned as a result of
these accusations and was killed by firing squad at Bagumbayan Field on
December 30, 1896.

Apolinario Mabini
Apolinario Mabini was named The Brain of the Revolution because he helped frame the
Malolos Constitution. He was arrested twice by the Americans and exiled to Guam for
criticizing the US government. He refused to take the oath of allegiance to the American flag.
He became ill and eventually was paralyzed. Despite his paralysis, he continued to work
brilliantly and became known as The Sublime Paralytic.
Antonio Luna
A Commander-in-Chief of the Philippine Armed Forces, he was the chief supporter of the
Philippine Revolution.
Gregorio Del Pilar
He served first as a soldier and rose to the rank of Colonel. He was appointed General during
the Filipino-American War. He was killed in action by the Americans, but gained great
admiration for his bravery. Even the Americans called him an officer and a gentleman.
Gomez, Burgos, and Zamora
These were Filipino priests who were accused by the American government of inciting the
Cavite Revolt of 1812. In the end, the three priests were either executed or garroted in the
Bagumbayan Field for their roles in the revolt.
Manuel L. Quezon
A very talented man who studied in exclusive schools like San Juan de Letran and the
University of Santo Tomas, his extraordinary brilliance earned him many accolades and honors
from both institutions. H was elected the first President of the Philippine Commonwealth.

Lesson 1
Sirib Maipapan ti Daga ken Tattao
Geography and People
This lesson will introduce you to:
- Simple greetings and basic introductions in Ilokano
- How to greet people in formal and informal situations in the Philippines
- Personal pronouns
- Possessive pronouns
- How to use the verbs to be and to live in the present tense
- Basic geographical names of the Philippines.
PEOPLE

1. Listen to these simple greetings and phrases in Ilokano and repeat them after the speaker.
Hello! Hi!
Good morning!
Good afternoon!
Good night/evening!
Good noon!
Good day!
Good morning, sir/maam!
Good afternoon, sir/maam!
Good night/evening, sir/maam!

Kumusta!
Naimbag a bigat!
Naimbag a malem!
Naimbag a rabii!
Naimbag nga pangaldaw!
Naimbag nga aldaw!
Naimbag a bigat, apo!
Naimbag a malem, apo!
Naimbag a rabii, apo!

Cultural Notes: Everywhere in the Philippines, hospitality among the people is always evident, such as in
public places, gatherings, or in any setting. Greetings may be exhibited by way of a smile, waving hands, or a
pat on the shoulder. Failure to show any form of greeting is not acceptable and is considered rude, especially
between young people and their elders, who see it as a sign of disrespect.
2. Exchange greetings with your teacher and your partner. What would you say at 7 a.m., 10 a.m., 2
p.m., 5 p.m., and 10 p.m.?

3. Familiarize yourself with personal pronouns. Listen to the audio and repeat after the speaker.
I
You
He
She
You (plural)
We
they

Siak
Sika
Isuna
Isuna
Dakayo; Sikayo
Datayo; Kami; Kadakami
Isuda

Grammar Notes: Pronouns (Pangsandi) in Ilokano refer to people in singular or in plural form and may be
honorific. Plural pronouns in first person distinguish between inclusive (includes addressee) and exclusive
(excludes addressee). Pronouns in the second person include a factor of respect. Ilokano pronouns do not
distinguish between male and female. Note that there is a single pronoun for both he and she: Isuna.
Singular Pronouns
Plural Pronouns
Person
Person
1st
Siak (I)
1st Data; Sita
(You & I: Inclusive)
nd
Sika (You)
Dakami; Sikami (We, but not you: Plural Exclusive)
2
3rd
Isu; Isuna (He/She)
Datayo; Sitayo (We & You: Plural Inclusive)
2nd
3rd

Dakayo; Sikayo (You People; You sir/maam) (Formal)


Isuda
(They)

4. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Read the dialogues in pairs.
In the morning
Person A: Good morning Antonio!
Person B: Good morning Alex.

Iti Bigat
Naimbag a bigatmo, Antonio!
Naimbag a bigatmo met, Alex!

During the day


Person A: Good afternoon Maria!
Person B: Good afternoon Tess.
Person A: How are you Maria?
Person B: Fine, thank you. And you?
Person A: Very well.

Iti Aldaw
Naimbag a malemmo, Maria!
Naimbag a malemmo met Tess!
Kumusta ka, Maria?
Naimbag met.Agyamanak kenka! Ket sika?
Naimbag met unay.

In the Evening
Person A: Good evening, Pedro.
Person B: Good evening Pablo.
Person A: How are you, Pedro?
Person B: Fine, thank you. And you?
Person A: Fine. Good night, Pedro!
Person B: Good night, Pablo.

Iti Rabii
Naimbag a rabiim, Pedro!
Naimbag a rabiim met, Pablo!
Kumusta ka Pedro?
Naimbag, Dios ti agngina. Ket sika?
Naimbag. Naimbag a rabiim, Pedro!
Naimbag a rabiim met, Pablo!

Informal
Person A:
Person B:
Person A:
Person B:
Person A:
Person B:

Saan a Pormal
Kumusta, Gorgonia!
Kumusta met!
Kumusta ka?
Naimbag met. Ket sika?
Naimbag!
Dios ti agbati!

Hi, Gorgonia!
Hi!
How are you?
Good. And you?
Good!
Bye!

10

5. Using the dialogues above as a model, compose your own similar dialogues. Work in pairs or in
small groups. Then, read each word in the dialog below, focusing on correct pronunciation and
emphasis.
Romeo: Kumusta Gloria! Kumusta ka?
Hi, Gloria! How are you?
Gloria: Naimbag met. Ket sika?
Just fine. And you?
Romeo: Naimbagak met, agyamanak!
I am fine too, thanks!
Gloria: O sige ngarud, agkita tayo manen.
Okay, see you later. (Well see each other again.)
Romeo: Apay nga agap-apura ka?
Why are you in a hurry?
Gloria: Mapanak agtrabaho nga masapa. Dios ti agbati, Romeo.
Im going to work early. Bye, Romeo.
GEOGRAPHY

I am from Isabela.
You are from Cebu.
He is from Bacolod.
She is from Ilocos Norte.
He is from Bataan.
We are from Cagayan.
They are from Bulacan.

Taga Isabelaak
Taga Cebu ka.
Taga Bacolod Isuna.
Taga Ilocos Norte isuna.
Taga Bataan isu.
Taga Cagayan kami.
Taga Bulacan isuda.

11

Grammar Notes: Most Ilokano verbs are created by connecting a verbalizing affix to a root word. The most
common verb affix is the prefix ag. When the prefix ag is attached to any noun, a new verb is formed.
Noun
kanta (song)
surat (letter)
bunga (fruit)

With the Prefix


ag
agkanta
agsurat
agbunga

English
to sing
to write
to bear fruit

Affixes like maka and ma are intransitive and transitive. They denote potential action or actions that
demonstrate ability and control.
Example: surat (write) - makasurat (to be able to write); kita (see) - makita (to see)

6. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker.


1. I am a Filipino.
I am from the Philippines.
2. He is a Filipino.
He is from the Philippines.
3. She is a Filipino.
She is from Iloilo.
4. We are Filipinos.
We are from Makati.
5. You are a Filipino.
You are from Manila.
6. They are Filipinos.
They are from Makati.

Pilipinoak.
Taga Pilipinasak.
Pilipino isuna.
Taga Pilipinas isuna.
Pilipina isuna.
Taga Iloilo isuna.
Pilipino kami.
Taga Makati kami.
Pilipino ka.
Taga Manila ka.
Pilipino isuda
Taga Makatida

7. Pretend you and your classmates are from the Philippines. Introduce yourself and your classmates to
your friend in Ilocano. Use the model below and the map.
Model:
I am a Filipino. I am from Manila. Bob is a Filipino. He is from Cebu. Tom and Mary are Filipinos. They are
from Zamboanga.
Pilipinoak; Taga Isabelaak; Amerikano ni Bob; Taga Cagayanda; Pilipino da Tom ken Mary; Taga Zambalesda.
Where are you from?
Where is he (she/it) from?
Where are we (they) from?

Sadino ka?
Sadino isuna (isuna/daytoy)?
Sadino kami (isuda)?

12

8. Listen to the following dialogues in Ilokano. Repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your
workbook.
1. A. I am from Manila.
Where are you from?
B. I am from Cabanatuan.

Taga Manilaak.
Tagaano ka?
Taga Cabanatuanak.

2. A. Ann is from Cebu.


Where is Bob from?
B. He is from Negros.

Taga Cebu ni Ann.


Tagaano ni Bob?
Taga Negros isuna.

3. A. I am from Bacolod.
Where are you and Mary from?
B. We are from Olongapo.

Taga Bacolodak.
Tagaanoka ken Mary?
Taga Olongapo kami.

4. A. Tom is from Davao.


Where are Paul and Nancy from?
B. They are from Ilagan.

Taga Davao ni Tom.


Tagaano da Paul ken Nancy
Taga Ilagan isuda.

9. Role-play the dialogues above using the map of the Philippines.


Am I from Ilagan?
Taga Ilaganak kadi?

Yes, I am.
Wen, siak.

No, I am not.
Saan, saanak Taga Ilagan.

Are you from Bulacan?


Taga Bulacan ka kadi?

Yes, you are.


Wen, sika.

No, you are not.


Saan, saanka nga Taga Bulacan.

Is he from Tagaytay?
Taga Tagaytay isuna kadi?

Yes, he is.
Wen, isuna.

No, he is not.
Saan, saan nga Taga Tagaytay isuna.

Is she from Aparri?


Taga Aparri isuna kadi?

Yes, she is.


Wen, Isuna.

No, she is not.


Saan, saan nga Taga Aparri isuna.

Is it from Puerto Prinsesa?


Taga Puerto Prinsesa Isuna kadi?

Yes, it is.
Wen.

No, it is not.
Saan, saan isuna nga Taga Puerto Prinsesa.

Are we from Surigao?


Taga Surigao kami kadi?

Yes, we are.
Wen. Dakami

No, we are not.


Saan, saan isuna nga Taga Surigao.

Are they from Leyte?


Taga Leyte isuda kadi?

Yes, they are.


Wen, isuda

No, they are not.


Saan, saan isuda nga Taga Leyte.

Note: The word kadi makes a sentence interrogative. It is an Ilokano word entreating someone to act, as in
an imperative statement.
Example: Alaem kadi diay sarming ko. (Will you please get my glasses?)

13

10. Read the following dialogues aloud with a partner.


1. A. Are you from the Philippines?
B. Yes, I am.

Taga Pilipinas ka?


Wen, taga Pilipinasak.

2. A. Are you from Vigan?


B. No, I am not. I am from Angeles.

Taga Vigan ka?


Saan, saanank. Taga Angelesak

3. A. Is Bob from the Philippines?


B. Yes, he is.

Taga Pilipinas cadi ni Bob?


Wen, isuna ket taga Pilipinas.

4. A. Are Bob and Mary from Aparri?


B. Yes, they are.

Taga Aparri cadi ni Bob ken Mary?


Wen, isuda ket taga Aparri.

What is your name?


My name is Samuel.

Ania ti naganmo?
Samuel ti naganko

What is your name?


My name is Pedro Buno.
.

Ania ti naganmo?
Pedro Buno ti
naganko.

Notes on Introductions:
Ilokanos are very aware of age and status in their interactions with people. For this reason, when addressing
unfamiliar people, they are likely to use quasi-kin terms that express this relationship. When calling a waiter or
waitress, you might have to guess the approximate age and compare it with that of yourself, and call out
Manang and Manong for older women and men or Ading for younger women or men to get their attention. The
following are terms of address used throughout the Kailokuan.
Kumusta ka balasangko?
Dios ti agngina, Apo.
Manang! Kayatmi pay ti beer.
Mayat met barok.

How are you my young lady?


Thanks, sir/maam.
Older sister! We want more beer.
Its nice indeed, my young man.

The terms nana, tata, lolo and lola are often used with first names to address older people with respect. It is
meant to address one or more generations above the speaker. Tata is an Ilocano term addressed to older
males and is equivalent to father or dad. Nana, on the other hand, is for older women and is normally used
for ones mother or mom. The terms Lolo and Lola are used to address a grandfather and a grandmother
respectively. Male addresses end with a vowel o; female addresses end with a vowel a.

14

Examples:
Kumusta, Nana Marga.
Ayanna ni Lolo Ipe?
Agannad kayo, Tata Luming.
Naimbag a malemmo, Lola Gonyang.

Hello, Nana Carmen.


Where is Grandfather Ipe?
Be careful, Tata Luming.
Good afternoon to you, Grandma Gonyang.

Notice that the addresses (Tata, Nana, Lolo, or Lola) are stated before a persons name.
I
You
He
She
It
We
They

Siak
Sika
Isuna
Isuna
Daytoy; Daydiay
Dacami
Isuda

What is her name?


Her name is Ruth.

My
Your
His
Her
Its
Our
Their

Ania ti naganna?
Ruth ti naganna

Ko
Yo; Mo
Kenkuana
Kenkuana
Na
Mi
Da

What is his name?


His name is Douglas.

11. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker.
A. Good morning!
Naimbag nga bigat!
B. Good morning!
Naimbag nga bigat!
A. My name is Peter.
What is your name?
Peter ti naganko.
Ania ti naganmo?
B. My name is Alex.
Alex ti naganko.
A. Nice to meet you, Alex.
Maragsakanak makaammo kenka, Alex
B. Nice to meet you, Peter.
Maragsakanak makaammo kenka, Peter.
15

Ania ti naganna?
Douglas ti naganna.

12. Work in pairs or in small groups. Look at the pictures and make up similar dialogues.

13. Listen to the following statements and repeat after the speaker.

My name is Paul.
Paul ti naganko.

His name is Bob.


Bob ti naganna

Her name is Ann.


Ann ti naganna.

I live in Manila.
Agnaedak idiay Manila.

He lives in Cebu.
Agnanaed isuna idiay Cebu.

She lives in Leyte.


Agnanaed isuna idiay Leyte.

We live in Isabela.
Agnanaed kami idiay Isabela.

They live in Masbate.


Agnanaed isuda idiay Masbate.

16

14. Read the following sentences. Translate them into English. Check your work with the answer key.
1. Agnanaed ni Bob idiay Manila.
2. Agnanaedka idiay Bulacan? Wen.
3. Saan nga agnanaed ni Olga idiay Cebu.
4. Sadinno ti pagnanaedam?
Agnanaedak idiay Tagaytay.
5. Sadinno ti pagnanaedan da Mary ken Paul?
Agnanaedda idiay Iloilo.

15. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook.
Make up a similar dialogue. Work in pairs or in small groups.
A. Naimbag a malem
B. Naimbag a malemmo met.
Ann ti naganko. Ania ti naganmo?
B. Bob ti naganko.
A. Maragsakanak nga makaammo kenka, Bob.
B. Maragsakanak nga makaammo kenka, Ann.
A. Agnanaedak idiay Isabela. Sadinno ti pagnanaedm?
B. Agnanaedak idiay Zamboanga.

16. Imagine that you are new to the class. Ask your partner about the rest of the students (their names
and where they live). Use the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups.
A.
B.
A.
B.

Ania ti naganna?
Maria ti naganna.
Sadinno ti pagnaedanna?
Agnanaed idiay Manila.

17. What is the question? Read the questions in English and then translate the corresponding Ilokano
answer into English, check your work with the answer key.
1. Are you from Cebu?
Saan. Taga Manilaak
2. Do you live in Cebu?
Wen, Agnanaedak idiay Cebu.
3. Is he from Basilan?
Wen, Taga Basilan isuna

17

4. Does she live in Ilocos?


Wen, agnanaed isuna idiay Ilocos.
5. Is he from Bulacan?
Saan. Taga Cavite isuna.
6. Is your name Gorgonia?
Wen, ti naganko ket Gorgonia.

7. Is his name Senor Macapagal?


Saan, ni Senor Macapagal isuna.
8. Are you from Romblonak?
Wen, Taga Romblonak.

18

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Read the following sentences and translate them from English into Ilokano. Check your work with the
answer key.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

My name is Tanya. I am from Moscow.


Do you live in Seattle? Yes.
His name is Joe. He lives in Berlin.
We are from Vancouver.
My name is Maurice. I am from Chicago
His name is Bob. He lives in Boston.
Her name is Susan. She lives in San Diego.
What is your name? My name is Tony.

2. Pretend that you are at a party. Introduce yourself to other people and ask them their names, where
they are from, and where they live. Work in pairs or in small groups. Use the model below.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.

Kumusta. Antonio ti naganko.


Kumusta! Linda ti naganko
Taga Pilipinasak. Tagaano ka?
Taga Amerikaak.
Agnanaedak idiay Cebu. Sadinno ti pagnanaedam?
Agnanaedak idiay Leyte.

3. Introduce your friend to your classmates. Use the model below.


Ti naganna ket Pedro.
Taga Hawaii isuna.
Pilipino isuna.
Agnanaed isuna idiay Baguio.

19

Vocabulary List
Hello.
Hi.
Good morning.
Good afternoon.
Good evening.
Good night.
Good-bye.
How are you?
Fine/very well.
Thank you.
You are welcome.
Nice to meet you.
My name is
I
He
She
You
We
They
To live in
No
Yes
To be
To be from
Where are you from?
What is your name?
Where do you live?
My
Your
His
Her
Our
Their
Nationality
People
Geography
Pronouns
Where
What
Language
Here

Kumusta.
Kumusta.
Naimbag nga bigat.
Naimbag nga malem.
Naimbag nga rabii.
Naimbag nga rabii.
Dios ti agbati.
Kumusta ka?
Naimbag unay.
Dios ti agngina.
Awan anyamanna.
Maragsakanak nga makasarak kenka.
Ti naganko ket . . .
Siak
Isuna
Isuna
Sika
Dakami
Isuda
Agnaed inti
Saan
Wen
Agbalin nga
Agbalin nga taga
Tagaanoka?/Sadinno ka?
Ania ti naganmo?
Sadinno ti pagnaedam?
Kuak
Kuam
Kuana
Kuana
Kukuami
Kukuada
Nacionalidad
Tattao
Sirib maipapan ti daga
Pansandi
Sadinno; antoy
Ania
Pagsasao
Ditoy

20

Answer Key
14.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Bob lives in Manila.


Do you live in Bulacan? Yes, I do.
Olga does not live in Cebu
Where do you live? I live in Tagaytay.
Where do Mary and Paul live? They live in Iloilo.

17.
1. Are you from Cebu?
No, I am not. I am from Manilaak.
2. Do you live in Cebu?
Yes, I live in Cebu.
3. Is he from Basilan?
Yes, he is from Basilan.
4. Does she live in Ilocos?
Yes, she lives in Ilocos
5. Is he from Bulacan?
No, he is not. He is from Cavite.
6. Is your name Gorgonia?
Yes, my name is Gorgonia.
7. Is his name Senor Macapagal?
No, he is not Senor Macapagal.
9. Are you from Romblonak?
10. Yes, I am from Romblonak.

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

Tanya ti naganko. Taga Moscowak.


Agnanaedka idiay Seattle? Wen.
Joe ti naganna. Adnanaed isuna idiay Berlin.
Taga Vancouver kami.
Maurice ti naganko. Taga Chicagoak.
Bob ti naganna. Agnanaed isuna idiay Boston.
Susan ti naganna. Agnanaed isuna idiay San Diego
Ania ti naganmo? Tony ti naganko.

21

Lesson 2
Pagnanaedan ken Pagtratrabahuan
Living and Working

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Typical housing arrangements in the Philippines
- Using or in questions about living arrangements and professions
- The verb to have in the present tense
- Names of professions (singular and plural forms).

1. Look at the pictures below and listen to the words. Repeat the words after the speaker.

apartment
Pagtaengan

apartment building
Patakder nga
Pagtaengan

room
Siled

house
Balay

military camp
Kampo Militaria

tent
Tolda

barracks
Kuartel

hotel
Otel

2. Match the Ilokano words on the left with their English equivalents on the right. Replay the audio from
the previous section if necessary.
Tolda
Siled
Balay
Pagtaengan
Otel
Patakder nga Pagtaengan
Kuartel
Kampo Militaria

Hotel
Tent
Barracks
Room
Military camp
House
Apartment
Apartment building

22

3. Read the following sentences and translate them into English.


1. Agnanaed ni John ti tolda inta Kampo Militaria.
2. Agnanaed ni Senora Smith inta bassit a pagtaengan.
3. Agnanaed da Peter ken Linda inti dackel a balay idiay Manila.
4. Agnanaed ni Tim inti otel.
5. Agnanaed da Scott ken Mike idiay kuartel.
6. Agnanaedak ken Bob inta balaymi.

Grammar Notes:
1. The Ilokano word agnaed is equivalent to the verb to live in the infinitive form. The verb prefix ag is
added to the root word naed (which means life) to form the verb to live. Duplicating the first syllable of
the root word naed with the prefix ag will result in a new word, agnanaed, in the simple present form.
2. Prepositions used in context in the statements above are as follows:
a. at the (Military Camp) - inta (Kampo Militaria)
b. in a (big house)
- inti (dackel a balay)
c. in (Manila)
- idiay (Manila)

4. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook.
Then, make up similar dialogues. Work in pairs or in small groups.
1. A.

I live in a big house.


Where do you live?
B. I live in a tent in a
military camp.

Agnanaedak inti dackel a balay.


Sadinno ti pagnanaedam?
Tolda ti pagnanaedak inti Campo Militaria.

2. A. Bob lives in the hotel.


Where does Ann live?
B. Ann lives in an
apartment building.

Agnanaed ni Bob inti otel.


Sadinno ti pagnanaedan ni Ann?
Agnanaed ni Ann inti patakder nga
pagtaengan.

3. A.

Agnanaed kami inta kuartel.


Sadinno ti pagnanaedan da Bob ken Ann?

We live in the barracks.


Where do Bob and Ann live?

B. They live in the military camp.

Agnanaeda inta Campo Militaria.

23

A conjunction (Pinagsilpuan) is used to connect a word or group of words in a sentence. The word wenno is
used in Ilokano conversation to emphasize something important. It is equivalent to the conjunction or in
English.
5A. Read the following dialogues and translate them into English. Make up similar dialogues using the
words below. Work in pairs or in small groups.
1. A. Agnaedka inti maysa a balay wenno pagtaengan?
B. Agnaedak inti maysa a balay.
2. A. Agnaed isuda inti maysa a otel wenno inta pagtaengan?
B. Agnaedda isuda inta patakder nga pagta- engan.
5B. Read the dialogue between two friends, Armando and Delia. After reading, write a simple sentence
about their conversation.
Armando: Kumusta, Delia! Nabayag nga dita nagkitan. Sadinno ti pagnaedam itan?
How are you Delia? We have not seen each other for a long time. Where do
you live now?
Delia:

Naimbagak met Armando. Nagbakasyonak idiay Hawaii. Itatta, agnanaedak inti maysa nga pagtaengan idiay Marikina.
Im fine too, Armando. I took a vacation in Hawaii. Presently, Im living
in an apartment in Marikina.

Armando: Mano ti siledna ta pagtataengam?


How many rooms are in your apartment?
Delia:

Dua ti siledna laeng.


Two rooms only.

Armando: Maragsakanak nga nakita ka Delia. Alluadam ta bagim. Agpakadaakon.


Im glad to see you, Delia. Take care of yourself. Goodbye.
Delia:

Kasta met kenka, Armando. Alluadam met ta bagim.


Same to you, Armando. Do take care of yourself.

6. Compose choice questions using the model and the words below. Check your work with the answer
key.
Model: Do you live in a tent or in the barracks? Agnanaedka inti tolda wenno inta kuartel?
Sika
Isuda
Isuna
Isuna
Datayo

tolda/kuartel
otel/balay
patakder nga pagtaegan/kampo militaria
siled/balay
pagtaengan/otel
24

7. Listen to the speaker and circle the words you hear. Check your work with the answer key.
1.
2.
3.
4.

barracks
house
military camp
apartment

tent
apartment building
room
hotel
Addanak
Addaanka
Addaan isuna
Addaankam
Addaan kayo
Addaanda

I have
You have
He/she has
We have
You (plural) have
They have

8. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook.
1. I have a house in Manila.
2. We have a room in an
apartment building.
3. John has an apartment in
Cebu.
4. Bob and Mary have their
house in Zamboanga.

Addaanak balay idiay Manila.


Addaankam maysa a siled inta patakder a pagtaengan
Addaan pagtaengan ni John
idiay Cebu
Addaan balay da Bob ken Mary idiay Zamboanga

9. Make up sentences using the correct form of the verb to have.


Model: I have an apartment. (Addaanak ti pagtaengan.)
Addaanak (I have)
Addaanka (You have) Sing.
Addaan isuna (He has)
Addaan isuna (She has)
Addaan (It has)
Addaankam (We have)
Addaankayo (You have) Pl.
Addaanda (They have)

maysa a balay (a house)


have / has

maysa a pagtaengan
(an apartment)
maysa a siled (a room)

In Ilocano, personal pronouns are in the form of suffixes ak, ka, an, kam, kayo, and da, and they are attached at
the end of the verb to have, as seen in the chart above. The only pronoun not attached to the verb to have is
isuna, which means he or she.
Example:

addaan (have) + ak (I) = addaanak ( I have)

25

10. Listen to the new vocabulary related to professions and repeat after the speaker.
Profession
Doctor
Nurse
Laborer
Teacher
Student
Soldier
Mechanic
Farmer
Police Officer
Waitress
Interpreter

Pagsapulan
Doktor
Nars
Trabahador
Maestro/Maestra
Estudiante
Soldado
Mekaniko
Mannalon
Opisyal a Pulis
Weytres
Mangipatpatarus

11. Circle the more likely profession of the two choices under the photo. Check your work with the
answer key.

Nars wenno Maestra?

Opisyal nga Pulis wenno Mannalon?

Weytres wenno Doktor?

Soldado wenno Mangipatpatarus?

26

12. Match the Ilokano words on the right with their English equivalents on the left.
1. Profession
2. Doctor
3. Nurse
4. Laborer
5. Teacher
6. Student
7. Soldier
8. Mechanic
9. Farmer
10. Police Officer
11. Waitress
12. Interpreter

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.

Weytres
Mannalon
Mangipapatarus
Pagsapulan
Nars
Opisyal nga Pulis
Doktor
Trabahador
Estudiante
Mannalon
Mekaniko
Maestro/Maestra

Grammar Notes:
Most nouns in English form their plural by adding s to the end of the word. In Ilokano, duplicating the first
syllable of the noun pluralizes nouns related to professions. Sometimes nouns relating to professions are
preceded with numbers or modifiers: dua a maestro, (two interpreters) or adu a mamaestro (many
interpreters). Study the chart below, which lists professions in singular and plural forms.
Singular Form

Pluralized Form

Maestro/Maestra
Doktor
Trabahador
Mannalon
Estudiante
Mekaniko
Weytres

Mamaestro/Mamaestra
Dodoktor
Trabahadores
Mannanalon
Eestudyante
Memekaniko
Weweytres

13. Listen to the plural form of nouns for the names of professions, and repeat after the speaker.
Profession
Pagsapulan
Doctor
Doktor
Nurse
Nars
Laborer
Trabahador
Teacher
Maestro/Maestra
Student
Estudiante

Professions
Adu a pagsapulan
Doctors
Dodoktor
Nurses
Nanars
Laborers
Tratrabahador
Teachers
Mamaestro/Mamaestra
Students
Eestudiante
27

Soldier
Soldado
Mechanic
Mekaniko
Farmer
Mannalon
Police Officer
Opisyal a Pulis
Waitress
Weytres
Interpreter
Mangipatpatarus

Soldiers
Sosoldado
Mechanics
Memekaniko
Farmers
Mamannalos
Police Officers
Opopisyal nga pulis
Waitresses
Weweytres
Interpreters
Adu a mangipatpatarus

14. Listen to the speaker and circle each word you hear. Replay the audio as many times as you
need. Check your answers with the answer key.
A.
B.
C.
D.

He is a mechanic / farmer.
They are teachers / doctors.
She is an interpreter / student.
They are police officers / soldiers.

28

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Give a brief introduction of yourself, listing your name, where you are from, where you live, and what
your occupation is in Ilokano.
Atanacio ti naganko; Pilinoak; Taga Pilipinasak; Agnanaedak idiay Makati; Maestroak; Agnaedak inti
pagtaengan.

2. Listen to the recording and circle all the professions you hear.
A.

B.

C.

1. waitress
2. police officer
3. interpreter
1. nurse
2. teacher
3. farmer
1. doctor
2. nurse
3. student

3. Reproduce the questions to the following answers.


1. ____________________?
Alex ti naganko.
2. ____________________?
Taga Pilipinasak.
3. ____________________?
Wen, Seattle ti pagnaedak.
3. ____________________?
Saan, adda pagtaengak inta patakder nga pagtaengan.
4. ____________________?
Wen, mekanikoak.

29

Vocabulary List
Apartment
Apartment building
Barracks
Military camp
House
Tent
Room
Big
Small
Profession/professions
Farmer/farmers
Doctor/doctors
Nurse/nurses
Laborer/laborers
Teacher/teachers
Student/students
Soldier/soldiers
Mechanic/mechanics
Waitress/waitresses
Interpreter/interpreters
Police officer/ police officers
To have

Pagnaedan
Patakder nga Pagnaedan
Kuartel
Kampo Militaria
Balay
Tolda
Siled
Dackel
Bassit
Pagsapulan/Adu a Pagsapulan
Mannalon/Adu a Mannalon
Doktor/Dodoktor
Nars/Adu a Nars
Trabahdor/Trabahadores
Maestro/Mamaestro
Estudiante/Eestudyante
Soldado/Sosoldado
Mekaniko/Adu a Mekaniko
Weytres/Adu a Weytres
Mangipatpatarus/Adu a Mangipatpatarus
Opisyal a Pulis/Opisyal a Pulpulis
Addaan

30

Answer Key
2.
Tent
Room
House
Apartment
Hotel
Apartment building
Barracks
Military Camp

tolda
siled
nalay
pagtaengan
otel
patakder nga pagtaengan
kuartel
kampo militaria

3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Juan lives in a tent at the military camp


Mrs Roces lives in a small apartment.
Pedro and Linda live in a big house in Manila
Tomas lives in a hotel
Sergio and Miguel live in a barracks.
Bernardo and I live in our house.

6.
Model: Do you live in a tent or in the barracks? (Agnanaedka inti tolda wenno inta kuartel?)
You-(Sika)
They(Isuda)
He (Isuna)
She (Isuna)
We (Datayo)

tent / barracks (tolda/kuartel)


hotel / house (otel/balay)
apartment bldg/military camp (patakder nga pagtaegan/kampo militaria)
room / house (siled/balay)
apartment /hotel (pagtaengan/otel)

1. Do you live in a tent or in a barracks?


Tolda ti pagnanaedam wenno inti kuartel?
2. Do they live in a hotel or in a house?
Otel ti pagnanaedanda wenno inti balay?
3. Does he live in an apartment building or in a military camp?
Patakder nga pagtaengan ti pagnaedanna wenno Kampo Militaria?
4. Does she live in a room or in a house?
Siled ti pagnaedanna wenno inti balay?
5. Does he live in an apartment or in a hotel?
Pagtaengan ti pagnaedanda wenno inti otel?

31

7.
1. tolda
2. balay
3. kampo militaria
4. otel

tent
house
military camp
hotel

9.
a. I have a house
Adda balayko.
b. You have an apartment?
Adda pagtaengam.
c. He has a room.
Adda siledna.
d. She has a house.
Adda balayna.
e. It has a room.
Adda siledna.
f. We have an apartment.
Adda pagtaenganmi
g. They have a house.
Adda balayda.
11.
1.
2.
3.
4.

nars
mannalon
weytres
soldado

12.
1. D
2. G
3. E
4. H
5. L
6. I
7. B
8. K
9. J
10. F
11. A
12. C

32

14.
A.
B.
C.
D.

He is a farmer.
They are teachers.
She is an interpreter.
They are soldiers.

A.
B.
C.
D.

Mannalon isuna.
Mamaestro/Mamaestra isuda.
Mangipatpatarus isuna
Sosoldado isuda.

End-of-Lesson Tasks
2.
1. waitress
2. teacher
3. student
3.
1. Ania ti naganmo?
What is your name?
2. Tagaanoka?
From where are you?
3. Seattle cadi ti pagnaedam?
Do you live in Seattle?
4. Adda pagtaengam inta patakder nga pagtaengam?
Do you have apartment in an apartment building?
5. Mekaniko ka?
Are you a mechanic?

33

Lesson 3
Dagiti Aldaw Ti Lawas, Bilbilang, Tawtawen Ti Tattao
Days of the Week, Numbers, Ages of People

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Days of the week
- Numbers from 0 to 100
- How to understand and respond to questions about date and time
- How to find out someones age and tell how old you are.

1. Listen to the days of the week and repeat them after the speaker.

Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday

Lunes
Martes
Mierkules
Huebes
Biernes
Sabado
Dominggo

Read the days of the week several times, practicing pronunciation. Replay the audio if necessary.

2. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook.
Role-play the dialogues using the names of the other days of the week. Work in pairs or in small groups.
Dominggo

Lunes

1. What day is it today?


Today is Monday.
2. Is today Monday?
Yes, today is Monday.
3. Is today Monday?
No, today is Tuesday.

Martes

Mierkules

Ania ti aldaw ita?


Itatta nga aldaw ket Lunes.
Lunes kadi ita nga aldaw?
Wen, itatta ket Lunes.
Lunes kadi ita nga aldaw?
Saan, itatta ket Martes.

34

Huebes

Biernes

Sabado

3. Listen to the pronunciations and read the numbers from 0 to 10.

10

maysa

dua

tallo

uppat

lima

innem

pito

walo

siam

sangapulo

uno

dos

tres

kuatro singko

sais

siete

otso

nuebe

dies

Ilokano
awan

Spanish
zero

Note: Ilokano speakers use two separate sets of numbers: Ilocano numbers are used for basic counting, and
Spanish numbers are used for counting huge numbers and telling time and dates.
4. Read the following dialogue.
A. What is your telephone
number?
B. My telephone number is
(360) 984 0217.
A. What is your house
(apartment) number?
B. My house (apartment)
number is 10456.

Ania ti numero teleponom?


Ti teleponok ket (tallo, innem, awan) siam, walo, uppat - awan,
dua, maysa pito.
Ania ti bilang/numero ti balaymo(pagtaengan)
Ti bilang (numero) ti balayko (pagtaengak) ket
maysa, awan, uppat, lima, innem.

5. Give your telephone number, house number, and apartment number in Ilokano. Use the model
below.
My telephone number is
My house number is
My apartment number is

Ti bilang ti teleponok ket


Ti bilang ti balayko ket
Ti bilang ti pagtaengak nga up-upaan ket

6. Pretend that you are in the hospital. Your classmate is a medical receptionist who wants to know your
name, your telephone number, and your house number. Role-play the dialogue using Exercise 4 as a
model.
Rosita (Medical Receptionist): Ania ti bilang ti teleponom, Luis?
What is your telephone number, Luis?
Luis: Ti teleponok ket (tallo, innem, awan) siam, walo, uppat, awan, dua, maysa, pito.
My telephone is (360) 984-0217.
Rosita: Ania ti bilang/numero ti balaymo, Luis?
What is the number of your house, Luis?

35

Luis:

Maysa, awan, uppat, lima, innem, Rosita.


One, zero, four, five, six, Rosita
Rosita: Agyamanak, Luis.
Thanks, Luis.
Luis: Awan aniamanna, Rosita.
No problem, Rosita.

7. Listen to the sentences and write down the missing numbers you hear.
Model: Ti bilang ti teleponok ket lima, innem, pito, walo, uppat.
1. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket innem, pito,____, innem, lima, tallo
2. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket uppat, tallo, dua, _____, awan, maysa.
3. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket walo, siam, innem, uppat, lima, _____,
4. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket uppat, _____, awan, innem, siam, dua.
5. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket siam, pito, walo, _____, innem, uppat, lima.

Grammar notes:
Ilokano numbers follow a decimal system. Numbers beyond nine are developed by counting in terms of the
following base ten groups.
Pulo
Gasut
Ribu
Laksa
Riwriw

Group of ten
Group of one hundred
Group of one thousand
Group of ten thousand
Group of one million

Number Notes: Numbers from 11 to 99 are counted by joining the cardinal numbers from one to nine
(separated by the ligature a if the number ends in a consonant) with the number ten, pulo. Duapulo is
twenty: dua (2) multiplied by pulo (10) is 20. Tallopulo is a set of three tens, so tallopulo is equal to 30. The
conjunction ket, which means and, is used to join numbers. For example, tallopulo ket pito is three tens
and seven or 37. Numbers from 11 to 19 also use the prefix sanga. Seventeen in Ilokano is sangapulo
ket pito.

8. Listen as the speaker says the numbers 11 to 19. Repeat after the speaker. They are recorded at
a slower rate and at a normal rate of speech.
Ilokano
11
12
13
14
15

eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen

Sangapulo ket maysa


Sangapulo ket dua
Sangapulo ket tallo
Sangapulo ket uppat
Sangapulo ket lima

Spanish
Onse
Dose
Trese
Katorse
Kinse
36

16
17
18
19
20

sixteen
seventeen
eighteen
nineteen
twenty

Sangapulo ket innem


Sangapulo ket pito
Sangapulo ket walo
Sangapulo ket siam
Duapulo

Disisais
Disisiete
Disiotso
Disinuebe
Beinte

9. Read the following numbers in Ilokano and Spanish:


11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

twenty-one
twenty-two
twenty-three
twenty-four
twenty-five
twenty-six
twenty-seven
twenty-eight
twenty-nine

Ilokano
Duapulo ket maysa
Duapulo ket dua
Duapulo ket tallo
Duapulo ket uppat
Duapulo ket lima
Duapulo ket innem
Duapulo ket pito
Duapulo ket walo
Duapulo ket siam

Spanish
Beinte uno
Beinte dos
Beinte tres
Beinte kuatro
Beinte singko
Beinte sais
Beinte siete
Beinte otso
Beinte nuebe

10. Read the texts and translate into English. Check your work with the answer key.
1. Dalmacio ti naganko. Agnanaedak idiay Laoag. Weytresak. Adda balayko. Ti bilang ti
balayko ket duapulo ket maysa (21).
2. Soldado ni Mario. Agnanaed isuna inti patakder nga pagtaengan. Ti bilang ti
pagtaenganna ket duapulo ket lima (25).
3. Modesta ti naganna. Maestra isuna. Agnanaed isuna inti balay. Ti bilang ti balayna ket
sangapulo ket innem (16).
4. Addaan ti balayda Bongbong ken Ana idiay Naga. Ti bilang ti balayda ket sangapulo ket
uppat (14).

11. Listen to the speaker and circle the number you hear in each row. Check the answer key.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

21
22
23
24
25
26
2
28
2
37

The number 100 is sangagasut. Gasut is a group of hundred, so duagasut simply means 2 groups of one
hundred. Simple math will give you this formula: 2 x 100 = 200.

12. Listen to the next set of numbers, spoken both slowly and at a normal rate of speech. Repeat
after the speaker.
Ilokano
Spanish
30 thirty
Tallopulo
Trenta
40 forty
Uppat a pulo
Kuarenta
50 fifty
Limapulo
Singkuenta
60 sixty
Innem a pulo
Sesenta
70 seventy
Pitopulo
Setenta
80 eighty
Walopulo
Otsenta
90 ninety
Siam a pulo
Nobenta
100 one hundred Sangagasut
Sien
Note: The prefix sanga is used to denote one group of one hundred. The syllable a is used for numbers that
end with a consonant, i.e., Uppat a pulo, Innem a pulo, Siam a pulo. When a number ends with a vowel, a is not
included.

13. Recite the following numbers in Ilokano.


30, 31, 40, 42, 50, 53, 60, 64, 70, 75, 80, 86, 90, 97, 100.

14. Listen to several short exchanges asking about ages. Repeat after the speaker.
1. A. How old are you?
B. I am 32 years old.

Mano ti tawenmo?
Tallopulo ket dua ti tawenko.

2. A. How old is he?


B. He is 11.

Mano ti tawenna ?
Sangapulo ket maysa isuna.

3. A. How old is she?


B. She is 86 years old.

Mano ti tawenna?
Walopulo ket innem ti tawenna.

4. A. Is she 34 years old?


B. No, she is 35.

Tallopulo ket uppat kadi ti tawenna?


Saan, tallopulo ket lima isuna.

5. A. Are you 21?


B. Yes, I am 21.

Duapulo ket maysaka kadi?


Wen, duapulo ket maysaak.

6. A. What is your age?


B. I am 47.

Mano ti tawenmo?
Uppat a pulo ket pitoak.

15. Read the above dialogues again. Work in pairs and role-play the dialogues with a classmate.

38

16. Tell your classmates in Ilokano how old you are and ask them about their age.

17. Listen and match the age with the name.


Susana
Carlina
Juan
Rosita
Nicanor

11
52
43
29
72

39

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Listen to the following statements in Ilokno. Answer the questions. Pause or replay the audio as
necessary until you understand the relevant information.
A. Kumusta, Samuel ti naganko. Duapulo ket innem ti tawenko. Opisyalak ti Pulis.
1. Ania ti naganna?
2. Mano ti tawenna?
3. Ania ti pagsapulanna?
B. Doroteo ti naganna. Uppat a pulo ti tawenna. Soldado isuna.
1. Ania ti naganna?
2. Mano ti tawennna?
3. Ania ti pagsapulanna?
C. Ana ti naganna. Uppat a pulo ket uppat isuna. Maestra isuna.
1. Ania ti naganna?
2. Mano ti tawenna?
3. Ania ti pagsapulanna?
Note: Naganna is his name. The suffix, na appears after the noun nagan (name) to form the possessive
pronoun his in the above context. The suffix na is the shortened version of isuna, which mean his/her or
he/she.

2. Recite the following in Ilokano.


Ask what day it is.

Ania ti aldawna itatta?

Say, What is the day tomorrow?

Ania ti aldaw inton bigat?

Ask someones age.

Mano ti tawenmo?

Say how old you are.

Duapulo ket maysa ti tawenko.

40

Vocabulary List
Day
Today
Year
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Telephone
Number
Age
Old
How old are you?
What day is it today?
Today is Monday.
I am 25 years old.
0 zero
1 one
2 two
3 three
4 four
5 five
6 six
7 seven
8 eight
9 nine
10 ten
11 eleven
12 twelve
13 thirteen
14 fourteen
15 fifteen
16 sixteen
17 seventeen
18 eighteen
19 nineteen
20 twenty
21 twenty-one
22 twenty-two
23 twenty-three
24 twenty-four
25 twenty-five

Aldaw
Itatta nga aldaw
Tawen
Lunes
Martes
Mierkules
Huebes
Biernes
Sabado
Dominggo
Telepono
Bilang; Numero
Tawen; Edad
Baket; Lakay
Mano ti tawenmo(edadmo)?
Ania ti aldaw itatta?
Itatta nga aldaw ket Lunes;
Lunes itatta nga aldaw.
Duapulo ket lima ti tawenko (edadko).
Awan
Maysa
Dua
Tallo
Uppat
Lima
Innem
Pito
Walo
Siam
Sangapulo
Sangapulo ket maysa
Sangapulo ket dua
Sangapulo ket tallo
Sangapulo ket uppat
Sangapulo ket lima
Sangapulo ket innem
Sangapulo ket pito
Sangapulo ket walo
Sangapulo ket siam
Duapulo
Duapulo ket maysa
Duapulo ket dua
Duapulo ket tallo
Duapulo ket uppat
Duapulo ket lima
41

26 twenty-six
27 twenty-seven
28 twenty-eight
29 twenty-nine
30 thirty
40 forty
50 fifty
60 sixty
70 seventy
80 eighty
90 ninety
100 one hundred

Duapulo ket innem


Duapulo ket pito
Duapulo ket walo
Duapulo ket siam
Tallopulo
Uppat a pulo
Lima pulo
Innem a pulo
Pito pulo
Walo pulo
Siam a pulo
Sangagasut

42

Answer Key
7.
Model: Ti bilang ti teleponok ket lima, innem, pito, walo, uppat
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Ti bilang ti teleponok ket innem, pito, apat, anim, lima, tatlo.


Ti bilang ti teleponok ket uppat, lima, dua, lima, awan, maysa.
Ti bilang ti teleponok ket walo, siam, innem, uppat, lima, awan.
Ti bilang ti teleonok ket uppat, tallo, awan, innem, sima, dua.
Ti bilang ti teleponok ket siam, pito, walo dua, innem, uppat lima.

10.
1.
2.
3.
4.

My name is Dalmacio, I live in Laoag. I am a waitress. Ihave a house. My house number is 21.
Mario is a soldier. He lives in an apartment building. His apartment number is 25.
Her name is Modesta. She is a teacher. She lives in a house. Her house number is 16.
Bongbong and Ana have a house in Naga. Their house number is 14.

11.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.

10 - Sangapulo
12 Sangapulo et dua
13 Sangapulo ket tallo
24 Duapulo ket uppat
5 -- Lima
16 Sangapulo ket innem
27 Duapulo ket pito
18 Sangapulo ket walo
29 -Duapulo ket siam

17.
Sandra
Nicanor
Carlina
Rosita
Juan

52(Limapulo)
43(Uppat a pulo ket tallo)
11(Sangapulo ket maysa)
72(Pitopulo ket dua)
30(Tallopulo)

Limapulo ket dua ti tawen ni Susana.


Sangapulo ket maysa ti tawen ni Carlina inton Biernes.
Tallopulo kadi ti tawen ni Juan? Saan, duapulo ket siam isuna.
Pitopulo ket dua ti tawen ni Rosita.
Mano ti tawen ni Nicanor? Uppat a pulo ket tallo isuna.

43

End-Of-Lesson Tasks
1.
A.1. Samuel
2. Duapulo ket innem
3. Opisyal ti Pulis
B.1. Doroteo
2. Uppat a pulo
3. Soldado
C. 1. Ana
2. Uppat a pulo ket uppat
3. Maestro

44

Lesson 4
Inaldaw Nga Ar-aramiden
Daily Activities

This lesson will introduce you to:


- How to ask for and tell time
- Typical daily activities
- The verbs to go, to study, to play, to work, to watch, to read, to eat, and
to get up
- Past tense of the verbs.

Both Spanish and Ilokano are used when telling time. The hour is expressed by using the
Ilokano term alas followed by the appropriate Spanish number. For example, 3:00 is
expressed as alas tres. Minutes are also expressed with Spanish numbers. When giving time
in hours and minutes, speakers may include the optional Ilokano conjunction y, which means
and. For example, 2:15pm may be expressed with the conjunction, as in alas dos y kinse or
without, alas dos kinse. Both are acceptable and understandable. However, when expressing
the 30-minute mark with the term media (half) you must use y. 5:30 may be expressed as
alas singko y media (literally translated as five and half; or as alas singko treinta (which
translates as five thirty.)
Examples:
3:00
4:20
5:00
5:30

Alas tres
Alas kuatro bainte/Alas kuatro y bainte
Alas singko
Alas singko y media or Alas singko treinta

a. The following common phrases are used when expressing time.


1. iti bigat
in the morning/am
2. iti malem
in the afternoon/pm
3. iti aldaw
during the day
4. iti sardam
in the evening/pm
5. iti rabii
at night
6. iti tengat aldaw
at noon
7. apagisu nga
exactly at
8. segundo
second
9. minuto
minute
10. Ania ti orasen?
What time is it?
11. Alas diesen!
Its ten oclock already!
12. media
half (past the hour)
13. kuarto
quarter of an hour
14. menos
minus (less the specified minutes)
15. walo minuto kalpasan
ti alas dos ti malem
8 minutes after 2:00pm
45

16. walo minuto kasakbayan ti alas dos ti malem 17. malpas/sakbay


18. inton bigat
19. idi kalman
20. idi napalabas a bulan -

8 minutes before 2:00pm


after/before
tomorrow
yesterday
last month

b. Study the following examples which use the expressions above:


1. Nangan isuna ti pammigat iti a las otso iti bigat.
He ate (took) breakfast at 8:00 in the morning.
2. Simmangpet isuna apagisu nga a las dies iti rabii.
He arrived exactly at 10:00 in the evening.
The Ilokano word iti is a preposition that has several functions based on the context.
1. Iti means in the when it precedes a term for a part of a day such as morning or afternoon.
For example, iti bigat means in the morning.
2. Iti means at when it precedes a specific time. For example, iti a las otso means at
8:00.
3. When iti precedes a day of the week or a month, it expresses past time. For example, the
phrase, iti Lunes means last Monday.
Sometimes iti is shortened to ti when speaking, i.e., ti bigat, ti tengat aldaw or ti malem.
Tengat is a shortened equivalent of tenga iti.

1. Listen as the speaker tells time in Ilokano. Repeat after the speaker.

What time is it? It is four oclock.


Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro.

What time is it? It is four fifteen.


Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro kinse

What time is it? It is four thirty.


Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro y media

What time is it? It is four forty-five.


Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro kuarentay singko
46

What time is it? It is three twenty.


Ania ti orasen? A las tres bainte.

What time is it? It is three forty.


Ania ti orasen? A las tres kuarenta.

2. What time is it? Fill in the clock faces with the correct times according to how they are
listed in Ilokano below. Check your work with the answer key.
A. Alas tres y media iti malem
B. Alas otso kuarentay singko iti bigat
C. Menos dies kalpasan ti alas sais
D. Alas nuebe
E. Alas onse trenta iti malem
F. Ala una singkuentay singko
G. Alas dose iti tengat aldaw
H. Alas kuatro kinse

A.

E.

B.

C.

F.

G.

47

D.

H.

3. Listen to the following exchanges and identify the clock time mentioned in each.
Check your answers.
A.

8:15

9:00

B.

9:50

9:15

C.

5:10

8:50

D.

4:13

4:30

E.

7: 50 -

7:10

Compose dialogues according to the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups. Use
the times listed below.
Model: A. - Ania ti orasen??
B. - Alas dos.
8:00 am 7:15 am 10:30 am 2:10 pm 4:45 pm 6:50 pm

12:00

11:05

4. Read the following dialogue of a telephone conversation between Antonio and Alma.
Role-play the characters. Check the answer key for an English translation.
Dialogue 1
Antonio:
Alma:
Antonio:

Naimbag a bigatmo, Alma!


Naimbag a bigatmo met, Antonio!
Ania ti oras a mapanka idiay Manila?

Alma:

Siguro, alas otso ti bigat inton bigat.

Dialogue 2 (Continuation)
Antonio:

Kunakla no alas siete kinse ita a bigat.

Alma:

Saan ta naladaw unayen no alas siete kinse iti bigat.

Antonio:

Adu pay gayam ti orasmo nga agpasiar idiay tiendaan.

Alma:

Adda orasko inton alas dies y media ita a bigat.

Antonio:

Dagasenkanto laengen iti alas dos dies iti malem.

Alma:

Sige ngarud Antonio, alas dos dies ita a malem.


48

Dialogue 3
Antonio:

Siguro agbuyatanto ti sine. Mangrugi iti alas kuatro


kuarentay singko, ken alas sais singkuenta ita a rabii.
Adda pabuya pay iti alas onse singko ken alas dose ti
sumaruno nga aldaw.

Alma:

Agyamanak unay, Antonio. Agpakadaakon!

I go
you go
he goes
we go
you go
they go

Mapanak.
Mapanka.
Mapan isuna/isu.
Mapankami.
Mapan kayo.
Mapan isuda.

I study
you study
he studies
we study
you study
they study

Agadalak.
Agadalka.
Agadal isuna.
Agadalkami.
Agadal kayo
Agadal isuda.

I work
you work
he works
we work
you work
they work

Agtrabahoak.
Agtrabahoka.
Agtrabaho isuna.
Agtrabaho kami
Agtrabaho kayo.
Agtrabaho isuda.

I watch
you watch
he watches
we watch
you watch
they watch

Agbantayak
Agbantayka
Agbantay isuna
Agbantaykami.
Agbantay kayo.
Agbantay isuda.

I eat
you eat
he eats
we eat
you eat
they eat

Manganak.
Manganka.
Mangan isuna
Mangankami.
Mangankayo
Mangan isuda

I read
you read
he reads
we read
you read
they read

Agbasaak.
Agbasaka.
Agbasa isuna.
Agbasakami.
Agbasakayo.
Agbasa isuda.

I play
you play
he plays
we play
you play
they play

Agay-ayamak.
Agay-ayamka.
Agay-ayam isuna.
Agay-ayamkami
Agay-ayamkayo.
Agay-ayam isuda.

I get up
you get up
he gets up
we get up
you get up
they get up

Bumangonak.
Bumangonka.
Bumangon isuna
Bumangonkami
Bumangon kayo.
Bumangon isuda.

49

Grammar Notes:
a. Ilokano verbs (with few exceptions) are developed by adding a prefix to a root word. The
most common prefix is ag which can transform nouns into the infinitive form of the verb.
Study the change in meaning of words with and without the prefix ag.
Root
Meaning
Prefix ag+root
Meaning
bilang
piano
sao
kansion
sipilio/sipilyo

count
piano
word, language
song
toothbrush

agbilang
agpiano
agsao
agkansion
agsipilyo/

to count
to play the piano
to speak
to sing
to brush teeth

agsipilio
b. The prefixes ag-, maka-, mang-, and the infix um- form intransitive verbs; whereas,
prefixes ka-, and i-, and the suffixes an and en form transitive verbs. Intransitive verbs use
the ak pronoun, while transitive verbs use the ko pronoun.
Study the following examples:
a. -ak Pronouns
1. napan (went)
2. nagsurat(wrote)

Napanak idiay Tagaytay. (I went to Tagaytay.)


Nagsuratak ken ni nanang. (I wrote mother.)

b. -ko Pronouns
1. inted (gave)
2. imbarsak (threw)
3. ginatang (bought)

Intedko ti regalo ken Maria. (I gave the gift to Maria.)


Imbarsakko ti bola. (I threw the ball.)
Ginatangko ti tiket. (I bought the ticket.)

5. Listen to the short statements that describe each activity in the pictures below.
Repeat after the speaker. Pay attention to new verbs and other new vocabulary.

They play basketball.


Agay-ayamda ti baskitbol.

She goes to the market.


Mapmapan isuna iti tiendaan.
50

They study at school.


Agad-adal isuda idiay eskuelaan.

She works in the hospital.


Agtartarabaho isuna idiay ospital.

He plays soccer.
Agay-ayam isuna ti saker.

The girl eats lunch.


Mangmangan ti pangngaldaw ti ubing a babai.

The man reads a book.


Agbasbasa ti libro ti lalaki.

The woman watches television.


Agbuybuya ti telebision ti babai.

51

6. Listen to the following statements in Ilokano and repeat after the speaker. Follow
along in the workbook. Replay the audio if necessary.
A. The boy goes to school at 7:30.

Mapmapan iti eskuelaan ti ubing a lalaki ti alas siete y


media.

B. The man eats breakfast at seven


oclock.

Mangmangan ti pammigat iti lalaki ti alas siete.

C. The woman watches television in Agbuybuya ti telebision ti babai ti sarsardam.


the evening.
D. The girl studies at home in the
afternoon.

Agad-adal ti ubing a babai iti malem idiay balay .

E. Gloria goes to the market in the


morning.

Mapmapan ti tiendaan ni Gloria iti bigat.

F. Gregorio plays soccer on Friday.

Agay-ayam ti saker ni Gregorio iti Biernes.

G. I get up at 7:00.

Bumangbangonak iti alas siete.

Grammar Note: The prepositions to, at, in, and on have the same functions in Ilokano as in
English. A preposition denotes location or direction. The preposition iti has many meanings
depending on the context of the sentence.
Examples:
1. to - iti
He went to the market.
Napan isuna iti tiendaan. (Iti in this context, denotes direction.)
2. at (idiay; iti asideg ti)
The children are at the river.
Adda dagiti ububbing idiay karayan.
3. in (iti uneg ti)
The wallet is in his pocket.
Adda iti uneg ti bulsana ti pitaka.
4. on (iti rabaw)
The book is on the table.
Ti libro ket adda iti rabaw ti lamisaan.

52

7. Match the following sentences with the pictures below. Check your answers with the
answer key.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Sumsumrekak ti eskuelaan iti alas nuebe y media.


Mangmanganda ti pammigat iti alas siete.
Agad-adalkami iti bigat.
Agbasbasa isuna ti libro iti sarsardam.

#______________

#_______________

#____________

#_________________

8. Read the following text and answer the questions in Ilikano. Check the answer key for
an English translation of the text and answers to the questions.
Maysa nga estudyante ni Benito. Agbasbasa isuna iti eskuelaan. Bumangbangon nga inaldaw
isuna iti alas siete kinse. Agpampamigat isuna iti alas siete y media. Sumsumrek ti eskuelaan iti
alas otso. Kalpasan ti panagad-adal, agay-ayam isuna ti baskitbol. Agbasbasa isuna ti liblibro
ken abuybuya ti telebision iti sarsardam. Saan nga agbasbasa ni Benito iti Sabado ken
Dominggo.
1. Maysa kadi a maestro ni Benito?
2. Sadinno ti pagad-adalanna?
3. Ania oras nga bumangbangon isuna?
4. Ania oras isuna a mangmangan ti pammigat?
5. Ania oras nga sumsumrek isuna iti eskuelaan?
6. Ania oras nga agay-ayam isuna iti baskitbol?
7. Ania ti ar-aramidenna iti sarsardam?
8. Agbasbasa kadi isuna iti Sabado ken Dominggo?

53

9. Rearrange the following statements into a logical order for a daily schedule. Check the
answer key for a suggested answer.
1. Mapmapanak mangaldaw a kaduak ti gagay- yemko.
2. Agbuybuyaak ti telebision.
3. Sumsumrekak iti eskuelaan.
4. Mangmanganak ti pangrabii a kaduak ti gagayyemko.
5. Agay-ayamak ti baskitbol.
6. Mangmanganak ti pammigat.
7. Agad-adalak idiay balay.
10. Tell your partner about your daily schedule. Use the words and word combinations
given below.
Inaldaw

bumangon mangan pammigat

agay-ayam baskitbol

mapan tiendaan

sumrek ti trabaho
agbasa ti libro

mangan pangaldaw
agbuya ti telebision iti sardam

11. Listen to the five short statements. Circle the English statement that is the
equivalent of each Ilokano statement you hear. Replay the audio as many times as you
need.
1. A. I play soccer after school.
B. I play soccer after dinner.
C. I play soccer after work.
2. A. She goes to the market in the evening.
B. She goes to the market in the afternoon.
C. She goes to the market in the morning.
3. A. I go to work in the morning.
B. I go to school in the morning.
C. I go to the market in the morning.
4. A. I study at home on Saturday.
B. I play soccer at home on Saturday.
C. I eat breakfast at home on Saturday.
5. A. He watches television in the afternoon.
B. He watches television in the evening.
C. He watches television in the morning.

54

I went
you went
he went
we went
you went
they went

Napanak.
Napanka
Napan isuna.
Napankami.
Napankayo.
Napanda.

I studied
you studied
he studied
we studied
you studied
they studied

Nagadalak.
Nagadalka.
Nagadal isuna
Nagadalkami.
Nagadalkayo
Nagadalda

I worked
you worked
he worked
we worked
you worked
they worked

Nagtrabahoak
Nagtrabahoka
Nagtrabaho isuna
Nagtrabahokami
Nagtrabahokayo
Nagtrabahoda

I watched
you watched
he watched
we watched
you watched
they watched

Binantayak
Binantayam
Binantayanna
Binantayanmi
Binantayanyo
Binantayanda

I ate
you ate
he ate
we ate
you ate
they ate

Nanganak
Nanganka
Nangan isuna
Nangankami
Nangankayo
Nanganda

I read
you read
he read
we read
you read
they read

Nagbasaak
Nagbasaka
Nagbasa isuna
Nagbasakami
Nagbasakayo
Nagbasada

I played
you played
he played
we played
you played
they played

Nagay-ayamak
Nagay-ayamka
Nagay-ayam isuna
Nagay-ayamkami
Nagay-ayamkayo
Nagay-ayamda

I got up
you got up
he got up
we got up
you got up
they got up

Bimmangonak
Bimmangonka
Bimmangon isuna
Bimmangonkami
Bimmangonkayo
Bimmangonda

Grammar Notes:
Ilokano verbs have four forms:
- Infinitive form indicates commands and non-finite clauses.
- Past form indicates actions that are complete.
- Present form indicates ongoing actions.
- Future form indicates future action.
Present tense verbs are formed with a Consonant-Vowel-Consonant (CVC) reduplication.
Future tense verbs add the suffix to to verbs that end in a consonant and nto to verbs that
end in a vowel.
Infinitive
agsurat
(to write)
punasan
(to wipe)
mangan
(to eat)

Past
nagsurat
(wrote)
pinunasan
(wiped)
nangan
(ate)

Present
agsursurat
(writing)
punpunasan
(wiping)
mangmangan
(eating)
55

Future
agsuratto
(will write)
punasanto
(will wipe)
manganto
(will eat)

12. Read the following sentences and translate them into English. Check your work with
the answer key.
1. Napanak idiay eskuelaan idi kalman.
2. Nagbaskitbolak ken gagayyemko idi napalabas a tawen.
3. Napankami naggatgatang iti napalabas a lawas.
4. Addaak idiay iti alas nuebe idi kalman.
5. Nangankam ti pangrabii iti alas sais idi kalman.
6. Nagadal ti lalaki nga ubing iti musika ken matimatika idiay pagadalan idi napalabas a tawen.
7. Nagbuya idi kalman ti telebision ti ubing a babai.
8. Nagbasaak ti libro idi napalabas nga Dominggo.
9. Addaak idiay Manila iti napalabas a tawen.
10. Nagkabalaykami idiay Laoag iti dua a tawen a napalabas.

yesterday
last year/week/Sunday
a year ago

idi kalman
napan a tawen/lawas/Dominggo
napan a maysa a tawen

13. Complete the following sentences using the verbs located in the box below. Check your
answers with the answer key.

nagadal nagay-ayam

nagbuya bimmangon

Example:
Nagmula + ak (I planted.)
Planted + I
Nagmulaak ti kamatis idi Mierkules.
I planted tomatoes last Wednesday.

56

napan

nagtrabaho

nangan

1. ________________ak iti alas siete idi kalman.


2. ________________ak ti pammigat agraman dagiti dadakkelko.
3. ________________ak naggatang idi napalabas nga Dominggo.
4. ________________ak ti basketbol idi Lunes.
5. ________________ak ti telebisyon idi kalman.
6. ________________ak idiay otel idi napalabas a tawen.
7. ________________ak idiay pagadalan tallo a tawen ti napalabas.
8. ________________ak idiay Cebu idi napalabas a lawas.

14. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Make up similar
dialogues using the words and word combinations given below. Work in pairs or in small
groups. Check the answer key for an English translation of the dialogue.
A. Ania ti inaramidmo idi kalman?
B. Nagbuyaak iti telebision idi kalman.
A. Kasano ti kabayagmo nga nagbuya ti telebision idi kalman?
B. Maysa nga oras.
15. Make up similar dialogues using the words and word combinations given below. Work
in pairs or in small groups.
1. idi kalman agbuya ti telebisionmaysa nga oras
2. idi kalman aggatang dua nga oras
3. napalabas nga tawen agtrabaho idiay
otel uppat nga lawas
4. napalabas nga tawen agadal idiay
eskuelaan walo a lawas
5. napalabas nga Dominggo agbasa

iti libro
6. napalabas maysa a tawen agay-ayam ti
baskitbol innem nga lawas
7. napalabas maysa a tawen masapul idiay
Pilipinas dua a lawas

57

Read the dialogues. Pair together and assume one of the character roles in the dialogue.
Dialogue 1
Luming:
Josefa:
Josefa:
Luming:

Dialogue 2
Ipe:
Gonyang:

Ipe:

Dialogue 3
Ireneo:
Heling:

Ireneo:

Heling:

Ania ti inaramidmo idi kalman, Josefa?


What did you do yesterday, Josefa?
Nagbuyaak ti telebision iti maysa nga oras idi kalman.
I watched television for one hour yesterday.
Ket sika, ania ti inaramidmo met?
And you? What did you do also?
Napanak naggatang idi kalman idiay tiendaan iti dua nga oras.
I went shopping yesterday in the market for two hours.

Nagtrabahoka kadi idiay otel idi napalabas a tawen, Gonyang?


You worked in a hotel last year, Gonyang?
Wen, nagtrabahoak idiay otel iti uppat a lawas laeng. Kayatko
koma ti agtrabaho manen. Ket sika?
Yes, I worked in the hotel for four weeks only. I would like
to work there again. And you?
Kayatko ti agadal idiay eskuelaan ti walo a lawas laeng.
Nagadalak idi ngem kurang ti oras. Kayatko nga ituloy.
I want to study in school for eight weeks only. I studied before
but time was short. I want to continue.
Kumusta, Heling! Ania ti inaramidmo idi napalabas a Dominggo?
Hello, Heling! What did you do last Sunday?
Nagbasaak ti libro ti maysa nga oras. Agpada ti inaramidko idi
Dominggo.
Sika, ania ti inaramidmo idi napalabas a tawen?
I read a book for one hour. I did the same last Sunday. You, what did
do a year ago?
Itatta, kayatko ti agay-ayam ti baskitbol iti innem a lawas. Adda
salisal ti baskitbol a kasla idi napalabas a tawen. Ania ti planom
ita, Heling?
Today, I like to play basketball for six weeks. There is a contest in
basketball just like the past year. What is your plan this time,
Heling?
Kayatko koma ti adda idiay Pilipinas uray no dua a lawas laeng. Idi
napalabas a tawen, awan napanak a pulos.
I would like to be in the Philippines even for two weeks only. A year
ago, I did not go anywhere.

58

Vocabulary:
plan
your plan
contest
did not go anywhere
I did the same

plano
planom
salisal
awan napanak a pulos
Agpada ti inaramidko.

59

went shopping - napan naggatang


watched TV
- nagbuya ti
telebision
same
- agpada
last year
- napalabas a tawen

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Listen to the following statements read in Ilokano. Circle the times you hear.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

6:30 5:30
6:00 7:00
9:30 8:30
5:30 5:45
in the morning - in the evening
6:00 - 8:00

2. Read and listen to the following text in Ilokano. Put T (True) or F (False) next to
the statements that are written below the text. Check your answer with the answer key.
Kumusta! Nestor ti naganko. Agnaedak idiay Ilagan. Adda bassit a balayko. Maestroak idiay
Isabela Elementary School. Matimatika ken Musika ti isursurok. Inaldawak nga bumangbangon
iti alas sais ti bigat. Manganak pammigat ken sumrekak ti pag-eskuelaan. Addaak ti eskuelaan
iti alas otso ti bigat. Iti Martes ken Huebes, agay-ayamak ti saker ti dua oras. Kalpasan eskuela,
mapanak aggatgatang. Addaak iti balay ti alas singko. Iti sardam, agbuyaak ti TV ti maysa nga
oras ken agbasa ti liblibro iti dua nga oras.
1. _______ The man lives in Ilagan.
2 ________He lives in a small house.
2. _______ He is a student.
3. _______ He studies math and music.
4. _______ Everyday he gets up at 6:00 a.m.
5. _______ He does not have breakfast.
6. _______He is at school at 8:00.
7. _______Nestor plays soccer on Saturday and Monday for 3 hours.
8. _______He goes shopping after work.
9. _______In the evening, he works for 2 hours.
3. Describe your daily schedule of activities, including the times in Ilokano. For example,
start with what time you get up, then eat breakfast, etc. I get up at 6:00 and eat breakfast
at 6:30. I go to school at ..
4. Find out what your partner did yesterday at 7:00 a.m., 7:30 a.m., 10:00 a.m., 1:00 p.m.,
4:00 p.m., and 8:00 p.m., and how long each activity lasted. Work in pairs or in small
groups.

60

Vocabulary List
After
In the morning
In the afternoon
In the evening
Everyday
Last week
A year ago
Last Sunday
(Monday, Tuesday, etc.)
At school
Math
Music
Book
Breakfast
Lunch
Dinner
Home
At home
Market
On Sunday
(Monday, Tuesday)
To go (to)
To go shopping
To play soccer/basketball
To watch television
To eat breakfast
(lunch, dinner)
To get up/wake up
To read
To study
To work
What time is it?
It is three oclock.
When
Man
Woman
Boy
Girl

Kalpasan; kalpasanna
Iti bigat
Iti malem
Iti sardam
Inaldaw; aldaw-aldaw
Idi lawasna; napalabas a lawas
Napalabas iti maysa a tawen
Idi Dominggo
(Lunes, Martes ken dadduma pay)
Idiay eskuelaan
Matimatika
Musika
Libro
Pammigat
Pangaldaw
Pangrabii
Balay; Pagnaedan
Idiay balay/Pagnaedan
Tiendaan
Iti Dominggo
(Lunes, Martes . . . )
Mapan (tapno)
Mapan aggatgatang
Agay-ayam ti saker/Baskitbol
Agbuya ti telebision
Mangan ti pammigat; mamigat
(pangaldaw, pangrabii)
Bumangon/Agriiing
Agbasa
Agadal
Agtrabaho
Ania ti oras(en)?
Alas tres.
Kaano
Lalaki
Babai
Ubing a lalaki
Ubing a babai

61

Answer key
2.
A. three thirty p.m.
Alas tres y media iti malem

E. eleven thirty p.m.


Alas onse treinta iti malem

B. eight forty-five a.m.


Alas otso kuarenta y singko iti bigat

F. thirteen fifty-five
Ala una singkuenta y singko

C. ten after six


Menos dies malpas ti alas sais

G. twelve noon
Alas dose iti tengat aldaw

D. zero nine hundred


Alas nuebe

H. four fifteen
Alas kuatro kinse

3.
A. What time is it? It is 8:15 a.m.
Ania ti orasen? Alas otso kinse iti bigat.
B What time is it? Its 9:50.
Ania ti orasen? Alas nuebe singkuenta.
C What time is it? It is 5:10.
Ania ti orasen? Alas singko dies.
d. What time is it? It is 4:30 p.m.
Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro y media iti malem.
e. What time is it? It is 7:10.
Ania ti orasen? Alas siete dies

4.
Read the following dialogue in a telephone between Antonio and Alma. Role-play the
characters.
Dialogue 1
Antonio:
Alma:
Antonio:

Naimbag a bigatmo, Alma!


Good morning (to you), Alma!
Naimbag a bigatmo met, Antonio!
Good morning too, Antonio!
Ania ti oras a mapanka idiay Manila?
What time are you going to Manila?
62

Alma:

Siguro, alas otso ti bigat inton bigat.


Probably, 8:00 in the morning tomorrow.

Dialogue 2 (Continuation)
Antonio:
Alma;
Antonio:
Alma:
Antonio:
Alma:

Kunakla no alas siete kinse ita a bigat.


I thought at 7:15 this morning.
Saan ta naladaw unayen no alas siete kinse iti bigat.
No, because its too late if it is 7:15 in the morning.
Adu pay gayam ti orasmo nga agpasiar idiay tiendaan.
You still have time to take a walk at the market.
Adda orasko inton alas dies y media ita a bigat.
I have time at 10:30 this morning.
Dagasenkanto laengen iti alas dos dies iti malem.
I will just fetch you up at 2:10 in the afternoon.
Sige ngarud Antonio, alas dos dies ita a malem.
Alright Antonio, 2:10 this afternoon.

Dialogue 3
Antonio:

Alma:

Siguro agbuyatanto ti sine. Mangrugi iti alas kuatro


kuarentay singko, ken alas sais singkuenta ita a rabii.
Adda pabuya pay iti alas onse singko ken alas dose ti
sumaruno nga aldaw.
Probably we will see a movie. It will start at 4:45 and
6:50 this evening. There is also a show at 11:05 and
12:00 the following day.
Agyamanak unay, Antonio. Agpakadaakon!
Thanks a lot, Antonio. Goodbye!

7.
Picture #1. 3

Picture # 2.

Picture #3. 2

Picture# 4.

8.
Benito is a student. He studies in school. Everyday he gets up at 7:15. He has breakfast at 7:30.
He goes to school at 8:00 After school he plays basketball. He reads books and watches TV in
the evening. Benito does not study on Saturday and Sunday.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Estudyante ni Benito
Agad-adal iti eskuelaan.
Bumangbangon iti alas siete kinse.
Mamigat iti alas siete y media.
Sumsumrek ti pagadalan iti alas otso.
Agay-ayam ti baskitbol kalpasan ti eskuela.
63

7. Agbasbasa ti lilibro ken agbuybuya ti telebision iti sardam.


8. Saan nga agad-adal ni Benito iti Sabado ken Dominggo.
9.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

I go to lunch with my friends.


I watch television.
I go to school.
I eat dinner with my friends.
I play basketball.
I eat breakfast.
I study at home.

6.
3.
1.
5.
4.
7.
2.

I eat breakfast.
I go to school.
I go to lunch with my friends.
I play basketball.
I eat dinner with my friends.
I study at home.
I watch television.

11.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

I play soccer after dinner.


She goes to the market in the morning.
I go to work in the morning.
I play soccer at home on Saturday.
He watches television in the afternoon.

1. Agay-ayamak ti saker kalpasan ti pangrabii.


2. Mapmapan isuna ti tiendaan iti bigat.
3. Mapmapanak agtrabaho iti bigat.
4. Agay-ayamak iti saker idiay balay ti Sabado.
5. Agbuy-buya isuna ti telebision iti malem.
12.
1. Yesterday I went to school.
2. Last year my friends and I played basketball.
3. They went shopping last week.
4. I was at home at 9:00 yesterday.
5. We ate dinner at 6:00 yesterday.
6. The boy studied music and math at school last year.
7. The girl watched television yesterday.
8. Last Sunday I read a book.
9. I was in Manila a year ago.
10. We had a house in Laoag two years ago.
64

13.
studies

played

was

watched

got up

went

1. I got up at 7:00 yesterday.


2. I ate breakfast with my parents.
3. I went shopping last Sunday
4. I played basketball last Monday.
5. I watched television yesterday.
6. I worked at the hotel last year.
7. I studied at school three years ago.
8. I was in Cebu last week.
9.
1. Bimmangonak iti alas siete idi kalman.
2. Nanganak ti pammigat agraman dagiti nagannak kaniak.
3. Napanak naggatang idi napalabas nga Dominggo.
4. Nagay-ayamak ti baskitbol idi Lunes.
5. Nagbuyaak ti telebisyon idi kalman.
6. Nagtrabahoak idiay otel idi napalabas a tawen.
7. Nagadalak idiay eskuelaan ti tallo a tawen ti napalabas.
8. Addaak idiay Cebu idi napalabas a lawas.

14.
A. What did you do yesterday?
B. Yesterday, I watched television.
A

How long did you watch television yesterday?

B. One hour.
End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

6:30
7:00
9:30
5:45
in the morning
8:00

65

worked

ate

1. We eat breakfast at 6:30.


2. I go to school at 7:00.
3. You go to work at 9:30
4. He plays soccer at 5:45.
5. They went to the market in the
morning.
6. They watched television at 8:00.

1. Mangankami ti pammigat iti alas sais y


media.
2. Sumrekak ti pagadalan iti alas siete.
3. Sumrekka ti trabaho iti alas nuebe y media.
4. Agay-ayam ti saker isuna iti alas singko
kuarentay singko.
Napanda idiay tiendaan iti bigat.
Nagbuyada ti telebisyon iti alas otso.

2.
Hello! My name is Nestor. I live in Ilagan. I have a small house. I am a teacher at Isabela
Elementary School. I teach math and music. Everyday, I get up at 6:00 a.m. I eat breakfast and
go to school. I am at school at 8:00 a.m. On Tuesday and Thursday, I play soccer for 2 hours.
After school, I go shopping. I am at home at 5:00. In the evening, I watch TV for an hour and
read books for 2 hours.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

T
T
F
T
F
T
F
F
F

The man lives in Ilagan.


He lives in a small house.
He is a student.
Everyday, He gets up at 6:00 a.m.
He does not have breakfast.
He is at school at 8:00.
Nestor plays soccer on Saturday and Monday for 3 hours.
He goes shopping after school.
In the evening, he works for 2 hours.

66

Lesson 5
Panagtitipon Ti Pamilia
Meeting the Family
This lesson will introduce you to:
- Kinship terms used for immediate and extended family
- How to ask and answer simple questions about family members
- The pronouns who, this, that, these, and those.
Introduction and Family Background:
The Filipino family is basically composed of a father, a mother, children, and
grandparents. The father is the head and financial provider. As head, he makes decisions and
sees to it that things are carried through. The mother is in charge of all household matters but her
primary responsibility is caring for the children. The children are inportant in the familyoriented Philippine culture because they are the link between the wifes family and the
husbands. Grandparents are the most respected members of a Filipino family. The grandfather
in particular plays an important role in decision-making. Younger members, and even those
outside the family structure, often seek a grandfathers opinions and advice. He is the top of the
family hierarchy and is likened to an old tribal chief.
The Filipino family is bilateral in that the relatives of both husband and wife share equal
status. Again, it is the children who establish the bond for grandparents, uncles, aunts and down
the line.

1. Look at these photos of families. Listen to the kinship terms and repeat after the
speaker.

67

Family
Parents
Mother
Father
Children
Daughter/daughters
Son/sons
Grandparents
Grandfather
Grandmother
Sister/sisters
Brother/brothers

Pamilia
Nagannak; Dadakkel
Nanang; Nana; Ina
Tatang; Tata; Ama
Annak; An-annak; Ub-ubbing
Anak a babai/An-annak a babbai
Anak a lalaki/An-annak a lallaki
Ap-apong; Lolo ken Lola
Apong a Lakay; Lolo
Apong a baket; Lola
Kabsat a babai/Kakabsat a babbai
Kabsat a lalaki/Kakabsat a lallaki

Grammar Notes: Ilokano Demonstratives and Interrogative Pronouns:


a. Ilokano uses three spatial orientations in its demonstratives.
Daytoy (Sing) - This - is used to denote the thing very near or close to the speaker.
Dagitoy (Plu) - These is used to denote things very near or close to the speaker.
Dayta (Sing) - That - is used to denote the thing near the addressee.
Dagita (Plu) - Those is used to denote things near the addressee.
Daydiay (Sing)- That - is used to denote the thing far from both the speaker
and the addressee
Dagidiay (Plu) -Those is used to denote things far from both the speaker
and the addressee.
b. Study the following spatial orientations of the above demonstratives.

Singular
Plural

Proximal
daytoy
dagitoy

Medial
dayta
dagita

68

Distal
daydiay
dagidiay

Examine the uses of the above demonstratives in sentences:


1. Kayatko daytoy lapis.
Kayatko dagitoy laplapis.

I like this pencil.


I like these pencils.

Note: Daytoy refers to a singular noun (pencil); Dagitoy refers to a plural


noun (pencils). The plural noun laplapis agrees with dagitoy. The
first syllable of the word, laplapis is reduplicated to form its plural. This
applies to most Ilokano nouns.
c. Ilokano Interrogatives
Asino/Asinno/Sinno - are interrogatives similar to who. Asino appears in the initial
predicate position in questions.
Examples:
Asino ti immay?
Asinno ti agkanta?

- Who came?
- Who is going to sing?

2. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat them after the speaker. Role-play the
dialogues using the pictures above.

1. A. Who is this?
B. This is my mother.

1.A. Asinno daytoy?


B. Daytoy ti nanangko.

2. A. Who is that?
B. That is my sister.

2.A. Asinno dayta?


B.Dayta ti kabsatko a babai.

3. A. Who are these?


B. These are my parents.

3.A. Asinno dagitoy?


B. Dagitoy ti nagannak kaniak.

4. A. Who are those?


B. Those are my grandparents.

4.A. Asinno dagidiay?


B. Dagidiay ket ap- pongko.

3. Read and translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the
answer key.
1. Addaanda nanang ken tatangko ti anak a lalaki ken dua ti annak a babbai.
2. Nakikipagnaedak kadagiti ap-apongko iti dakkel a balay.
3. Agnanaed ti dadakkelna idiay Quezon City. Trabahadores isuda.

69

4. Dua ti kakabsatko a lallaki. Sosoldado isuda. Agnanaedda idiay kampo militaria.


5. Adda kabsatna a babai. Tessie ti naganna.
6. Agtawen ti tallopulo ti kabsatko a lalaki. Adda anakna nga lalaki ken anak nga babai.
4. Tell about your mother/ father/sister/grandfather/grandmother/sister/brother according
to the scheme below:
1. Name (Nagan)
2. Age (Tawen)
3. Occupation (Pagsapulan)
4. Home (City and type of residence).
Lugar ti Pagnaedan (Siudad ken klase nga Pagtaengan)
Model: Daytoy ti tatangko. Felipe ti naganna. Uppat a pulo ket walo ti tawenna. Maestro isuna.
Agnanaed isuna idiay Ilagan. Adda balayna a bassit.
Model: This is my father. His name is Felipe. He is 48 years old. He is a teacher. He lives in
Ilagan. He has a small house.
5. Reproduce the questions to the following answers. Check your work with the answer
key.
1. ________________________________
Wen, daytoy ti kabsatko a lalaki.
2. ________________________________
Antonio ti naganna.
3. ________________________________
Agnanaed isuna idiay Davao.
4. _________________________________
Doktor isuna.
5. _________________________________
Mapmapan isuna ti trabaho iti Lunes..
6. _________________________________
Saan, agay-ayam isuna ti bisbol iti Martes

6. Listen to the audio. Circle the word you hear. Check your work with the answer
key.
1. mother

father

2. daughter

son

3. family

parents

70

4. children

grandparents

5. sister

brother

6. grandmother -

grandfather

1. nanang

tatang

2. anak a babai

anak a lalaki

3. pamilia

nagannak

4. an-annak

appo

5. kabsat a babai

kabsat a lalaki

6. lola/apong a baket -

lolo/apong a lakay

7. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook.
Husband
Wife
Married
Unmarried/single

Asawa a lalaki
Asawa a babai
Naasawaan/adda ti asawana
Balasang/Baro

8. Fill in the blanks using the words written in the boxes below. Check your answers with
the answer key.
1. anak a lalaki agtawen ti lima
isu(na)
doktor

agtawen ti tallopulo isu(na)

naasawaan

Ti kabsatko nga lalaki ket ____________. Ti asawana ket _____________. Gloria ti nagan
__________. Isuna ket ___________. Addaanda ti ______________. Isuna ket __________.
Ti nagan_______ ket Juancho.
2. naasawaan isu(na) agtawen walo
agtawen sangapulo soldado na(da)

annak a babbai

isu(na)

kabsat a babai

Ni Paulina ket addaan ti _________________. Amalia ti naganna. _______________ isuna.


________________ ti asawana. Ti _______________ ket Romeo. Addaanda ti dua nga
_____________________________. Hilda ken Norma ti _________________.
____________________________ ni Hilda. ____________________ ni Norma.

71

9. Make up short stories in Ilokano about the people listed below. Check the answer key
for possible answers..
1. Ana naasawaan, agtawen ti tallopulo ket maysa, trabahador ti asawana, maysa ti anakna a
lalaki ken maysa ti anakna a babai.

2. Benjamin naasawaan, agtawen ti duapulo ket walo, ti asawana, maysa a maestra, awan ti
annakda.

3. Maria agmaymaysa, agtawen duapulo, agnaed iti nagannakna, maysa nga estudyante ,
maysa nga kabsat a lalaki

10. Listen to several short dialogues as people answer questions about their family
members. Circle the correct answer for each question. Check your work with the answer
key.
1. She is my mother / sister / grandmother.
2. No, she is single / a doctor / 25 years old.
3. She/He is my wife / my husband / my father
4. Yes, he is married / single / a soldier.
5. They are my parents / my children / my grandparents.
6. They live in the barracks / in the tent / in the apartment.
7. Yes, I have 2 brothers / 2 sisters / 2 sons.
8. That is my wife / mother / husband.
9. Yes, she has two brothers / two sisters / two sons.

72

11. Read and translate the text. Put T (True) or F (False) next to the statements below.
Check your answers with the answer key.
Addaan apong a lalaki ken apong a babae ni Alex. Agnaedda ken ni Alex agraman pamiliana.
Awan kakabsat a lallaki ni Alex . Addaan isuna ti dua nga kakabsat a babbai. Estudiante isuda.
Naasawaanen ni Alex. Doktora ti asawana. Addaan maysa nga anak nga babai ken maysa nga
anak nga lalaki da Alex ken ti asawana..
1. _____ Addaan nagannak ni Alex.
2. _____ Naasawaan ni Alex.
3. _____ Addaan isuna ti dua nga kakabsat a babbai.
4. _____ Estudiante da Alex ken ti asawana.
5. _____ Doktora ti asawana.
6. _____ Addan dua nga annak ni Alex.

73

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Give a brief description in Ilokano of your immediate family. Include the age, name,
and profession of each person, and tell whether each person is married or single, and where
he/she lives. Check the answer key for an example.

2. Ask your classmate in Ilokano if he/she has a mother, a father, a sister, and a brother.
What are their names? How old are they? Where do they live? What are their
professions? Check the answer key for an example.

3. Work in small groups. Describe the pictures below. Use new vocabulary. Check the
answer key for possible answers.

74

Vocabulary List
Parents
Father
Mother
Children
Son/sons
Daughter/daughters
Brother/brothers
Sister/sisters
Grandparents
Grandmother
Grandfather
Husband
Wife
Married
Unmarried/single
Who is this/that?
Who are these/those?
This/that is
These/those are

Nagannak; Dadakkel
Tatang; Ama; Tata
Nanang; Ina; Nana;
Annak
Anak a lalaki; Annak a lallaki
Anak a babai; Annak a babbai
Kabsat a lalaki; Kakabsat a lallaki
Kabsat a babai; Kakabsat a babbai
Appo
Apong a babai; Lola; Lelang
Apong a lalaki; Lolo; Lelong
Asawa a lalaki
Asawa a babai
Naasawaan; Nagkasar
Balasang(Woman)/Baro(Man)
Asinno daytoy/dayta?
Asinno dagitoy/dagidiay?
Daytoy/Dayta ket . . .
Dagitoy/Dagidiay ket . . .

75

Answer Key
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

My mother and father have one son and two daughters.


I live with my grandparents in a big house.
His parents live in Quezon City. They are laborers.
I have two brothers. They are soldiers. They live in a military camp.
She has a sister. Her name is Tessie.
My brother is 30 years old. He has a son and a daughter.

5.
1. Daytoy kadi ti kabsatmo a lalaki?
2. Ania ti naganna?
3. Sadino ti pagnanaedanna?
4. Ania ti pagsapulanna?
5. Ania nga aldaw a mapmapan iti trabaho?
6. Agay-ayam kadi isuna ti baskitbol iti Martes?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

__________________?
Yes, this is my brother.
__________________?
His name is Antonio.
__________________?
He lives in Davao.
__________________?
He is a doctor.
__________________?
On Monday he goes to work.
___________________?
No, he plays baseball on Tuesday.

76

6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Tatang
anak a babai
Pamilia
Ap-apong
Kabsat a babai
Lolo(Apong a lakay)

8.
1. anak a lalaki agtawen ti lima
isu(na)
doktor

agtawen ti tallopulo isu(na)

naasawaanen

My brother is ___________. His wife is a ___________. __________name is Gloria. She is


__________. They have ____________. He is __________. __________ name is Juancho.
Ti kabsatko a lalaki ket naasawaanen. Ti asawana ket Doktora. Gloria ti naganna.
Agtawen isuna ti tallopulo. Addaanda ti anak a lalaki. Agtawen isuna ti lima. Juancho.
ti naganna.
2. naasawaanen isu(na) agtawen ti walo
agtawen ti sangapulo soldado isuna(isuda)

anak a babai

isu(na) kabsat a babai

Paulina has a________________. ______ name is Amalia. She is ______________.


Her husband is a _______________. _______ name is Romeo. They have two
________________. _________ names are Hilda and Norma. Hilda is _______. Norma is
_____________ .
Addaan ti anak a babai ni Paulina. Amalia ti naganna. Naasawaanen isuna. Soldado ti
asawana. Romeo ti naganna. Addaanda ti dua nga annak a babbai. Hilda ken Norma ti
naganda. Agtawen ti sangapulo ni Hilda. Agtawen ti walo ni Norma.
9.
1. Ana - married, 31 years old, her husband, a laborer, a son and a daughter.
Naasawaanen ni Ana. Agtawen ti tallopulo ket maysa isuna. Trabahador ti
asawana. Adda maysa nga anakna a lalaki ken maysa ti anakna a babai
2. Benjamin married, 28 years old, his wife a teacher, no children.
Naasawaanen ni Benjamin. Agtawen ti duapulo ket walo isuna. Maestra ti
asawana. Awan ti annakda.
3. Maria single, 20 years old, with her parents, a student, a brother
Balasang ni Maria. Agtawen ti duapulo isuna. Agnanaed isuna iti dadakkelna. Maysa nga estudyante isuna. Adda maysa nga kabsatna nga lalaki.

77

10. Listen to several short dialogues as people answer questions about their family
members. Circle the correct answer for each question. Check your work with the answer
key.
1. A. Who is she?
B. She is my sister.
2. A. Is she married?
B. No, she is single.
3. A. Who is he?
B. He is my husband.
4. A. Is he married?
B. Yes, he is married.
5. A. Who are they?
B. They are my children.
6. A. Where do they live?
B. They live in the apartment.
7. A. Do you have any brothers?
B. Yes, I have 2 brothers.
8. A. Who is that?
B. That is my wife.
9. A. Does she have any children?
B. Yes, she has two sons.
1. Who is she? She is my sister.
2. Is she married? No, she is single.
3. Who is he? He is my husband.
4. Is he married? Yes.
5. Who are they? They are my children.
6. Where do they live? They live in the apartment.
7. Do you have brothers? Yes, I have 2 brothers.
8. Who is that? That is my wife.
9. Does she have children? Yes, she has two sons.

78

1. Asinno isuna? Kabsatko a babai


isuna.
2. Naasawaanen kadi isuna? Saan, balasang isuna.
3. Asinno isuna? Isuna ti asawak.
4. Naasawaanen kadi isuna? Wen.
5. Asinno isuda? Annakko isuda.
6. Sadinno ti pagnaedanda? Agnsnaedda
iti up-upaan a pagnaedan.
7. Adda kadi kakasatmo nga lallaki?
Wen adda dua a kakabsatko nga lallaki.
8. Asinno dayta? Dayta ti asawak.
9. Adda kadi annakna? Wen, adda
dua nga annakna a lallaki.

11. Read and translate the text. Put T (True) or F (False) next to the statements below.
Check your answers with the answer key.
Alex has a grandfather and a grandmother. They live with Alex and his family. Alex has no
brothers. He has two sisters. They are students. Alex is married. His wife is a doctor. Alex
and his wife have a daughter and a son.

1.

Alex has parents.

1. Addaan ti nagannak ni Alex.

2.

Alex is married.

2. Naasawaanen ni Alex.

3.

He has two sisters.

4.

Alex and his wife are students.

3. Addaan isuna ti dua a kakabsat a


babbai.
4. Estudianteda Alex ken ti asawana.

5.

His wife is a doctor.

5. Doktora ti asawana.

6.

Alex has two children.

6. Addaan ti dua nga annak ni Alex.

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
My name is Eduardo. I have a wife. Her name is Estrella. I have three healthy children. My
two sons are Mario and Joel. My daughter is Norma. Mario is ten and Joel is eight.
Norma is five years old. They are still young. They live with me in the house.

Eduardo ti naganko. Addaanak ti asawa. Estrella ti naganna. Addaanak ti tallo nga nasalun-at
nga annak. Ni Mario ken ni Joel ti dua nga annakko a lallaki. Norma ti anakko a babai.
Sangapulo ti tawen ni Mario ken walo ti tawen ni Joel. Lima ti tawen ni Norma. Ubbingda pay.
Agnanaedda kaniak idiay balay.
2.
Simeon:
Fausto:
Simeon:
Fausto:

Fausto, ania ti naganda nanang ken tatangmo?


What are the names of your mother and father, Fausto?
Felipe ti Tatangko ken Gorgonia ti nanangko.
My father is Felipe and my mother is Gorgonia.
Ania ti tawtawendan?
How old are they?
Agtawen ti uppat a pulo ni tatangko, ni nanangko ket agtawen ti tallopulo
ket walo.
My father is forty years old, my mother is thirty-eight.
79

Simeon:
Fausto:

Simeon:
Fausto:

Adda kadi kakabsatmo?


Do you have siblings?
Wen, maysa ti kabsatko a babai ken maysa ti kabsatko a lalaki. Paulina
ti kabsatko nga babai ken Florencio ti kabsatko nga lalaki.
Yes, one sister and a brother. Paulina is my sister and Florencio is my
brother,
Mano ti tawtawenda ken ania ti pagsapsapulanda/propropesionda?
How old are they and what are their professions?
Agtawen ti duapulo ni Paulina, ni Florencio ket agtawen tisangapulo ket walo.
Maestra ni Paulina ket mannalo ni Florencio.
Paulina is twenty years old and Florencio is eighteen years old. Paulina
is a teacher and Florencio is a farmer.

3.
Picture 1
Agbasbakasyon a Pamilia
Family on Vacation

Picture 2
Naragsak a Pamilia
Happy Family

Picture 3
Kasangay a maika-walopulo tawen ni Lola
Grandmothers 80th Birthday

Picture 2
Agririing ti ubing a lalaki.
Young son waking up.

80

Lesson 6
Aglawlaw ti Pagilian
Around Town

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Cardinal directions
- Names of urban buildings and landmarks
- How to ask and answer questions about locations of places and buildings.

1. Listen to and repeat the cardinal directions.

North Amianan
Northwest
West

Amianan a Laud

Northeast

Laud/Lauden

Amianan a Daya

East Daya/Dayaen

Southwest Abagatan a Laud

Southeast

South Abagatan

81

Abagatan a Daya

2. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in
your workbook.
Laoag is north of Vigan.
Iligan is west of Cebu.
Davao is south of Butuan.
Calbayog is east of Cadiz.

Laoag ket amianan ti Vigan.


Iligan ket lauden ti Cebu.
Davao ket abagatan ti Butuan.
Calbayog ket dayaen ti Cadiz.

3. a) Compose sentences according to the model. Check the answer key for some examples.
Model: Davao is south of Butuan.
Ti Davao ket abagatan ti Butuan.
b) Work with a partner. Tell each other where your home is located.

4. Topographical features and urban buildings and landmarks are useful reference
points when getting to know a new area or for getting or giving directions. Listen to a list
of common sites and features. Repeat after the speaker while following along in the
workbook.
Airport
Bank
Building
House
Bus station
Train station
Police station

Sangladan Dagiti Eroplano; Erport


Banko
Patakder
Balay
Estasion/Pagurayan ti bus
Estasion/Pagurayan ti tren
Estasion ti Pulis
82

Caf
Restaurant
Church/mosque/temple
Movie theater
Hospital
Market
Pharmacy
Post office
Store
Park
Factory
Bridge
Farm
Field
Forest
Lake
Mountain
River

Caf; Lugar a pagkapean


Restauran
Simbaan/moske/templo
Pagpabuyaan ti sine
Ospital
Paglakuan; Tiendaan
Parmasia/botika
Opisina ti sursurat; Koreo
Tiendaan
Parke
Pabrika
Rangtay; Talaytayan
Kuman; Bangkag
Talon
Kabakiran
Danaw; Bannaaw
Bantay
Karayan

5. Match the English word in the left column with the Ilokano equivalent in the right
column. Check your work with the answer key.
1. Airport
2. Bank
3. Bus Station
4. Cafe
5. Church
6. Movie Theatre
7. Factory
8. Hospital
9. Park
10. Pharmacy
11. Post Office
12. Restaurant

A. Pabrika
B. Ospital
C. Sangladan dagiti aeroplano; Erport
D. Parmasia/Botika
E. Restauran
F. Parke
G. Opisina ti sursurat
H. Estasion/Pagurayan ti bus
I. Banko
J. Caf; Lugar pagkapean
K. Pagbuyaan ti sine
L. Simbaan

6. Read and translate the following sentences from Ilokano into English. Check your work
with the answer key.
1. Abagatan ti bangko ti paglakuan.
2. Dayaen ti banbantay ti karayan.
3. Lauden ti otel ti sangladan ti aeroplano.
4. Dayaen ti kabakiran dagiti banbantay ken dandanaw.
5. Abagatan ti bangkag ti karayan.
6. Dayaen ti ospital ti pagbuyaan ti sine.
7. Amianan ti parke ti danaw.

83

Grammar Notes: Notice that the cardinal directions (laud, abagatan, amianan, daya) are located
at the beginning of sentences denoting locations in relation to a particular place or object. These
cardinal directions are followed with the preposition ti meaning of in English.
Examples:
1. Dayaen ti East of
Dayaen ti balayko ti karayan. (My house is east of the river.)
2. Lauden ti West of
Lauden ti Manila ti ilimi.

(Our town is west of Manila)

7. Compose sentences according to the model. Use the words below. Check your work
with the answer key.
Model: The park is east of the post office.
Iti opisina ti sursurat ket dayaen ti parke.

8. Listen to the speaker and circle the term you hear. Check your answers with the
answer key.

1.

north

- west

- south

2.

bank

- park

- bridge

3.

train station

- bus station

- airport

4.

restaurant

- caf

- factory

5.

post office

- pharmacy

- hospital

6.

church

- movie theater

- factory

7.

lake

- river

- farm

8.

building

- bridge

- mountain

84

9. Listen to the following words and word combinations and repeat after the speaker.
Follow along in your workbook.
In front of . . .
Next to . . .
Between . . . and . . .
Around the corner from . . .
Across from . . .
North of . . .
South of . . .
West of . . .
East of . . .
At the end of . . .
In the middle of . . .
At the back of . . .
Beside the . . .
From here to . . .
Next to . . .

Sanguanan ti . . .
Sumaruno ti . . .
Pagbaetan ti . . . ken . . .
Aglawlaw ti suli manpud . . .
Ballasiw manipud . . .
Aminanan ti . . .
Abagatan ti . . .
Lauden ti . . .
Dayaen ti . . .
Patinggaan ti . . .
Iti tengnga ti . . .
Iti likudan ti . . .
Abay ti . . .
Manipud ditoy aginggat . . .
Sumaruno/Abay ti . . . .

10. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. Translate
into English.
1. Sadinno kadi ti danaw? Ti danaw ket sumaruno iti kabakiran.
2. Sadinno kadi ti paglakuan? Nagtengngaan ti estasion ti pulis ken simbaan ti paglakuan.
3. Sadinno ti opisina ti sursurat? Ti opisina ti sursurat ket adda ti lawlaw ti suli manipud ti ospital.
4. Sadinno ti estasion ti tren? Ti estasion ti tren ket ballasiw ti parke.
5. Sadinno ti pagkapean? Adda iti sango ti otel.
11. Work with a partner. Compose similar dialogues using the words below. Role-play
your dialogues.
Model:
A.Dispensarennak man kadi, Apo. Sadinno kadi ti parke?
B. Ti parke ket adda ti sango ti ospital.
A. Agyamanak kenka, Apo.
B. Awan aniamanna.
1. parke
2 Sangladan ti aeroplano
3 kabakiran
4 Estasion ti pulis
5 Simbaan

sango ti
ballasiw manipud
sumaruno ti
aglawlaw iti suli manipud
nagbaetan

85

ospital
estasion ti bus
ti bantay
pagbuyaan ti sine
ti pabrika ken ti parke

12. Read the dialogue. Play the role of the characters. Check the answer key for an
English translation of the dialogue.
Nestor: Sadinno ti sangladan ti eroplano, Nida?
Nida:

Ti sangladan ti eroplano ket ballasiw ti estasion ti bus.

Nestor: Asideg kadi ti kabakiran ken banbantay?


Nida:

Saan, ti sangladan ti aeroplano ket asideg ti parke ken pagbuyaan ti


sine.

Nestor: Agyamanak unay kenka, Nida.


Nida:

Awan aniamanna, Nestor.

86

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Translate each phrase into Ilokano. Check your work with the answer key.
A. The restaurant is next to the hotel.
B. The park is north of the lake.
C. The bank is between the church and the bus station.
D. The market is south of the bridge.
E. The caf is across from the bookstore.
F. The field is in front of the farm.

2. Work with a partner or in small groups. In Ilokano, come up with a list of the facilities
on your base. Then draw a schematic map of the base. Now describe the locations of each
facility. Use the following vocabulary: a store, a hospital, a police station, a movie theater, a
park, a hotel, a church, an airfield, a restaurant, a forest, and your language training facility.
Use prepositions: between, next to, across from, in front of.

87

Vocabulary List
Where
North
South
East
West
Mountain
Lake
River
Forest
Bridge
Store
Market
Church/mosque/temple
Restaurant
Caf
Park
Bank
Airport
Train station
Bus station
Pharmacy
Hospital
Movie Theater
Factory
Farm
Post office
Field
Police station
In front of
Next to
Between
Around the corner from
Across from

Sadinno
Amianan
Abagatan
Daya
Laud
Bantay
Danaw
Karayan
Kabakiran; Bakir
Rangtay; Talaytayan
Tiendaan; Paglakuan
Paglakuan
Simbaab/moske/templo
Restauran
Pagkapian
Parke
Banko
Sangladan dagiti aeroplano
Estasion ti tren
Estasion ti bus
Parmasia
Ospital
Pagbuyaan ti sine
Pabrika
Bangkag
Opisina ti sursurat
Talon
Estasion ti pulis
Ti sangunan ti
Sumaruno ti
Nagbaetan
Naglawlaw iti suli manipud ti
Ballasiw manipud ti

88

Answer Key
3. a)
Model: Davao is south of Butuan.
Ti Roxas ket abagatan ti Naga. Roxas is south of Naga.
Ti Surigao ket amianan ti Butuan. Surigao is north of Butuan.
Ti Calbayog ket dayaen ti Bacolod. Calbayog is east of Bacolod
Ti Baguio ket lauden ti Cabanatuan. Baguio is west of Cabanatuan
5.
English
C
I
H
J
L
K
A
B
F
D
G
E

1. Airport
2. Bank
3. Bus Station
4. Caf
5. Church
6. Movie Theater
7. Factory
8. Hospital
9. Park
10. Pharmacy
11. Post Office
12. Restaurant

Ilokano
A. Pabrika
B. Ospital
C. Sangladan dagiti aeroplano
D. Parmasia/Botika
E. Restauran
F. Parke
G. Opisina ti sursurat
H. Estasion/Pagurayan ti bus
I. Bangko
J. Lugar pagkapian
K. Pagbuyaan ti sine
L. Simbaan

6.
1. The market is south of the bank
2. The river is east of the mountains.
3. The airport is west of the hotel.
4. The mountains and lakes are east of the forest.
5. The river is south of the farm.
6. The movie theater is east of the hospital.
7. The lake is north of the park.
7. Translate into Ilocano.
1.
2.
3.
4.

The airport is east of the lake.


The bank is south of the hospital.
The pharmacy is west of the post office.
The bridge is north of the river.

89

5.
6.
7.
8.

The bus station is east of the police station.


The factory is south of the mountain.
The farm is west of the field.
The park is north of the lake.

1. Dayaen ti danaw ti pagsangladan ti aeroplano..


2. Abagatan ti ospital ti bangko.
3. Lauden ti opisina ti sursurat ti parmasia.
4. Amianan ti karayan ti rangtay.
5. Dayaen ti estasion ti pulis ti pagurayan ti bus.
6. Abagatan ti bantay ti pabrika.
7. Lauden ti talon ti bangkag.
8. Amianan ti danaw ti parke.
8.
1. north
2. bridge
3. bus station
4. caf
5. post office
6. church
7. farm
8. mountain

Amianan
Rangtay
Estasion ti bus
Caf
Opisina ti sursurat
Simbaan
Bangkag
Bantay

10.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Where is the lake? The lake is next to the forest.


Where is the market? The market is between the police station and the church.
Where is the post office? The post office is around the corner from the hospital.
Where is the train station? The train station is across the park.
Where is the caf? It is in front of the hotel.

12.
Nestor: Where is the airport in Ilagan, Nida ?,
Nida:

The airport is across the bus station.

Nestor: Is it close to the forest and mountains?


Nida:

No, the airport is close to the park and movie theater.

Nestor: Thanks so much, Nida.


Nida:

You are welcome, Nestor.

90

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
A. Ti restauran ket sumaruno ti otel.
B. Amianan ti danaw ti parke.
C. Ti banko ket nagbaetan ti simbaan ken estasion ti bus.
D. Abagatan ti rangtay ti paglakuan.
E. Ti pagkapian ket ballasiw ti tiendaan ti libro.
F. Sanguanan ti bangkag ti pagtaltalunan.

91

Lesson 7
Shopping
Panaggatgatang
This lesson will introduce you to:
- Customs and practices in the Philippine marketplace
- Names of foods and stores
- How to make purchases in Philippine shops
- The verbs to want, to buy, to pay, and to take
- The modal verb can.

The local currency in the Philippines is the Peso. It is equivalent to 100 centavos (cents). Coins
come in one, five, ten, twenty-five, and fifty centavos; paper denominations come in one, two,
five, ten, twenty-five, fifty and one hundred pesos. The exchange rate fluctuates depending on
the status of the economy but currently one US dollar exchanges for fifty-five to fifty-six pesos.
Foreign currency can be converted to pesos in commercial banks and dealers authorized by the
Central Bank of the Philippines
The Philippines has a literacy rate of 94.6 percent, yet, is unable to sustain steady economic
growth. The country cannot generate enough jobs. Many citizens leave home braving the
uncertainties of life in a foreign land to secure a more stable income abroad in order to support
themselves and their families. About 40% of the population lives below the poverty line. Most
people are farmers whose income originates from agricultural products including rice, corn,
bananas, and sugar cane. An average family may earn about 30 to 50 dollars a month. Visitors
may be struck by the astonishing poverty of the country and the incredible gap between the rich
and the poor.

92

1. Listen to the following vocabulary and repeat after the speaker.

banana saba

milk gatas

cereal siryal

pear peras

margarine mantikilia

tomato kamatis

egg itlog

potato patatas

cheese keso

bread tinapay

sugar asukar

fish lames/ican

chicken manok

93

ice cream sorbets

2. Work in pairs or in small groups. Ask your partner what foods he/she has at home. Use
the model below.
Model: A. Ania ti adda idiay balayyo?
B. Adda sabsabak, kamkamatis, ken patpatatas.
Model: A. What do you have at home?
B. I have bananas, tomatoes, and potatoes.

3. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and follow
along in the workbook. Look at the pictures and try to guess the meaning of unknown
words.

Tiendaan ti makmakan
daytoy.

Agtrabtrabaho ni Norma
idiay
tiendaan ti makmakan.
Kahero isuna.

Agtartarabaho ni Nida idiay tiendaan ti


luplupot. Aglaklako isuna.

Abtrabtrabaho ni Gorio
idiay tiendaan ti
makmakan. Aglaklako
isuna.

Agtartarabaho met ni Simeon idiay


tiendaan ti luplupot. Kahero isuna.

94

Did you understand the bolded words?


___________ - grocery store
___________ - cashier
___________ - salesperson
___________ - clothing store
___________ - too (as well)
Tiendaan ti makmakan
Kahero
Aglakalako; Tagalako
Tiendaan ti luplupot
Met

- grocery store
- cashier
- salesperson
- clothing store
- too

Shopping in department stores in the Philippines can be an enjoyable experience because items
are cheap and affordable, and salespeople are hospitable. The Philippines is considered the last
bargain center in Asia. Department stores feature a variety of goods including clothing,
perfume, home and electrical appliances, toys, and thousands of other commodities as well as
imported goods. Imported items are expensive and are for wealthier customers. Major shopping
centers in Manila and other big cities are open seven days a week, from 9:00am to 10:00pm.
Goods are sold at fixed prices in big department stores in big cities. In contrast, the prices of
goods in small stores and shops are subject to bargaining. The salesperson and the buyer haggle
for the price. Usually, the salesperson settles for a price 30 to 50 percent lower than the original
asking price. Buyers must learn to haggle with smiles or jokes to gain the greatest success in
bargaining. Remember though, that haggling is not acceptable in big department stores.

4. Work in pairs or in small groups. Make up dialogues using the model below.
Model: A. Sadino ti pagtrabtrabahuan ni Alicia?
B. Agtratrabaho ni Alicia idiay tiendaan ti makmakan.
Model: A. Where does Alicia work?
B. Alicia works at the grocery store.
Ilokano Verbs:
Ilokano infinitive is formed by attaching a so-called, verbalizing affix ag to a root.
Most mouns can be converted into a verb by using ag as prefix. For instance, the noun
kanta(song) when prefixed with ag becomes agkanta meaning, to sing.
In previous lesson, it is stated that the prefix ag is one among the prefixes used to form
the infinitive of a verb.

95

Examples:

1. aggatang (ag + gatang)


2. agsurat (ag + surat)
3. aglagto (ag + lagto)

to buy
to write
to jump

The word want is something desired, longed for, or wanted. Want means kayat in
Ilokano. When the word kayat is used with pronouns (ko, mo, isuna(na), mi, da), it is
suffixed with any of the preceding enclosed pronouns.
Examples:
I want to buy fruit.
You want to buy fruit
He/She wants to buy fruits.
We want to buy fruit.
They want to buy fruit.

Kayatko ti aggatang ti prutas.


Kayatmo ti aggatang ti prutas.
Kayatna ti aggatang ti prutas.
Kayatmi ti aggatang ti ptutas.
Kayatda ti aggatang ti prutas.

5. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and follow
along in the workbook. Look at the pictures and try to guess the meaning of unknown
words.

Kayat ni Barbara ti aggatang/gumatang ti


libro. Adda isuna iti tiendaan ti liblibro.

Kayat ni Cesar ti aggatang/gumatang ti


pagorasan. Adda isuna iti tiendaan ti
regregalo.

Did you understand the bolded words?


______________ - bookstore
______________ - clock
______________ - gift store

96

Grammar Notes:
The infinitive form of the verb gatang (buy) may also be created by inserting the infix
um. Gumatang means to buy and is equivalent to aggatang.
The infix um is also a verbalizing affix placed immediately before the first vowel of the stem
with meanings:
a. to do the action expressed by the stem
b. to assume the state or condition described by the stem
6. Match each Ilokano sentence in the left column with the English equivalent in the right
column. Check your answers with the answer key.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Kayatko ti gumatang iti tinapay ken mantikelya.


Kayat ni Pedro ti gumatang iti libro
Kayat ni Antonio ti gumatang iti ikan.
Kayat ni Florencio ti gumatang ti pagorasan .
Kayatmi ti gumatang iti regalo .
Kayatda ti gumatang iti keso
Kayat ti kabsatko nga babai ti gumatang iti luplupot.

A. Antonio wants to buy fish.


B. They want to buy cheese.
C. I want to buy bread and butter.
D. My sister wants to buy clothes.
E. Florencio wants to buy a clock.
F. Pedro wants to buy a book.
G. We want to buy a gift.

Grammar Notes:
The ligature (or linker) is a connective particle used in Philippine languages to connect various
parts of a sentence. The Ilokano ligature has two variants: nga before vowels, and a before
consonants. However, in speaking, the ligature nga is usually preferred regardless of phonetic
environment.
Among the many uses of ligature are the following:
a. connects adjectives to nouns
b. introduces complements or appositions of all syntactic categories
7. Work with a partner or in small groups. Pretend that you are planning to have a
surprise birthday party for one of your classmates. You need to buy some food and gifts.
Make a shopping list and tell your partner in Ilokano what you want to buy.
Grammar Notes:
a. The following is a list of the most frequent interrogative particles in Ilokano.
Ania
what
Apay
why
Asino
who
Kaano
when
Kasano
how
Mano
how much; how many
Sadino/sadinnowhere (is action done)
Sadino
where

97

Siasino
Asino

who
who

Plural Form of Nouns


The plural form of nouns is formed by duplicating the initial syllable.
Singular

Plural

itlog
prutas
kamiseta

it-itlog
prutprutas
kamkamiseta

b. Read the following questions. Notice how the sentences differ for singular and
plural.
1. How much is an egg?
1. Mano ti maysa nga itlog?
How much are eggs?
Mano dagiti it-itlog?
2. How much is a fruit?
2. Mano ti maysa nga prutas?
How much are fruits?
Mano dagiti prutprutas?
3. How much is a shirt?
3. Mano ti maysa nga kamiseta?
How much are shirts?
Mano dagiti kamkamiseta?

8. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker.


A. Excuse me. I want to buy some cheese. How much is it?
Dispensarennak man. Kayatko ti gumatang ti keso. Mano kadi?
B. A pound of Cheese is P5.40.
Maysa a libra nga asukar ket lima a pesos ken uppat a pulo (P5.40).
A. Thank you.
Agyamanak.
B. You are welcome.
Awan ti aniamanna.

98

9. Pretend you want to buy the items listed below. One of your classmates is a
salesperson. Role-play an In the Shop dialogue using the dialogue above as a model.
Work in pairs or in small groups. Check the answer key for an English translation of the
phrases.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Maysa a kilo nga saba


Maysa a kilo nga lames Maysa a supot nga patatas Maysa a bote nga danum Maysa a karton nga gatas Maysa a piraso nga tinapay Maysa a dosena nga it-itlog-

Tallo a dolyar ken uppat a pulo ket lima


Walo a dolyar ken sangapulo ket lima
Maysa a dolyar ken limapulo ket siam
Maysa a dolyar ken sangapulo ket siam
Uppat a dolyar ken limapulo
Dua dolyar ken innem a pulo ket lima
Dua dolyar ken uppat a pulo ket walo

10. Complete the sentences using the words in the box. Check your answers with the
answer key.
tiendaan ti luplupot

tiendaan ti makmakan

tiendaan ti regregalo

departamento nga tiendaan

tiendaan ti liblibro

1. Aggatgatang ti nagannak kaniak ti regregalo idiay __________________________________.


2. Aggatgatangda ti kamkamatis ken patpatatas idiay __________________________________.
3. Aggatgatang ti kabsatko ti liblibro idiay __________________________________________.
4. Ti kabsatko a babai ken siak ket aggatgatang ti luplupot idiay ________________________
5. Makagatangkami ti luplupot, liblibro ken regregalo idiay ____________________________

11. Listen to the following sentences and circle which of the bolded words you hear.
Check your answers with the answer key.
1. Aggatgatangak ti liblibro idiay tiendaan ti luplupot/tiendaan ti lilibro.
2. Aggatgatang ti kabsatko a babai iti regregalo idiay tiendaan ti regregalo/tiendaan ti
makmakan kasupadi ti bangko
3. Aggatgatang ni nanangko iti asukar idiay tiendaan ti regregalo//tiendaan ti makmakan.
4. Aggatgatang ti ap-apongko ti gatas ken mantikilia idiay tiendaan ti lilibro/tiendaan ti
makmakan.
5. Aggatgatangkami ti luplupot, liblibro, ken regregalo idiay tiendaan nga departamento/
tiendaan ti liblibro

99

I can
You can
He can
She can
We can
You can
They can

Kabaelak/Kayak
Kabaelam/Kayam
Kabaelanna/Kayana
Kabaelanna/Kayana
Kabaelanmi/Kayami
Kabaelanyo/Kayayo
Kabaelanda/Kayada

12. a) Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in
the workbook.
A. Hello. I want to buy a loaf of bread. How much is it?
Kumusta. Kayatko ti gumatang ti tinapay. Mano kadi?
B. It is $2.65.
Dua a dolyar ken innem a pulo ket lima.
A. Can I pay with a check?
Mabalin nga bayadak iti tseke?
B. Im sorry, but we take cash.
Ladingitek, ngem agaw-awatkami iti kas a kuarta.
Grammar Notes:
The verbs alaen and awaten are Ilokano terms meaning to take or to accept.
b) Role-play the dialogue. Make up similar dialogues using the words below.
1. dua a bote ti danum
2. maysa a libro
3. maysa a karton ti gatas
4. maysa a libra ti keso
5. maysa a dosena nga itlog

100

c) Read the following conversation between two friends. Assume the roles of each
character.
Romeo: Mapanka kadi idiay paglakuan(market) inton bigat Amalia?
Are you going to the market tomorrow, Amalia?
Amalia: Wen. Adu ti awan nga masapul nga gatangek idiay paglakuan.
Yes. There are many things missing that I need to buy in the market.
Romeo: Dimo liplipatan ti gumatang ti dua a bote a danum, maysa a karton a
gatas, maysa a libra a keso, ken maysa a dosena nga itlog.
Dont forget to buy two bottles of water, a carton of milk, a pound of
cheese, and a dozen eggs.
Amalia: Agyamanak ta impalagipmo kaniak dagidiay. Inayonko iti listaan
ti gatgatangek.
Thanks for reminding me of those. I will include them in my purchase
list.
Romeo: Mabalin kadi nga dumagaska idiay Libraria(Library)?
Can you stop by the library?
Amalia: Wen. Ania ti alaek idiay?
Yes. What will I get there?
Romeo: Bumulodka man ti maysa a libro maipanggep ti kabkabakiran.
Please borrow a book about forests.
Amalia: Wen. Awan ti problema.
Yes. No problem.
Romeo: Agyamanak unay, Amalia.
Thanks a lot, Amalia.
Amalia: Awan aniamanna.
You are welcome.
13. Read the dialogue and answer the follow-up questions. Check your work with the
answer key.
Mario :
Delia :
Mario:
Delia :
Mario :
Delia :
Mario :
Delia :
Mario :
Delia :
Mario:

Kumusta, Delia!
Kumusta Mario!
Sadino ti papanam?
Mapanak idiay tiendaan ti makmakan.
Ania ti kayatmo nga gatangen?
Kayatko ti gumatang ti tinapay, dua a bote ti danum, ken maysa a kilo a mangga.
Sadinno ti papanam?
Mapmapanak idiay departamento nga tiendaan.
Ania ti kayatmo nga gatangen?
Kayatko ti gumatang ti regalo ti apongko a lakay. Kayatko ti gumatang ti libro
wenno pagorasan.
Gumatgatangak ti regregalo idiay tiendaan ti regregalo
Mabalinko ti agbayad iti pagtalekan a kard idiay tiendaan ti liblibro. Agawatda ti
kas a kuarta.

101

Questions:
1. Where does Delia go?
Sadinno kadi ti pappapanan ni Delia?
2. What does she want to buy?
Ania kadi ti gatgatangen nga kayatna?
3. Where does Mario go?
Sadinno kadi ti pappapanan ni Mario?
4. What does he want to buy?
Ania kadi ti gatgatangen nga kayatna?
5. Can he pay with a credit card at the bookstore?
Mabalinna ti agbayad iti pagtalekan nga kard idiay tiendaan ti liblibro?

102

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Translate the following into Ilokano. Check your work with the answer key.
A.
B.
C.
D.

Where do you buy tomatoes and potatoes?


Do you take credit cards? No, we take cash.
I am going to buy a gift for my sister in the clothing store.
How much is a piece of bread? - $2.35

2. In Ilokano, tell where you buy groceries/ gifts/ books/ clothes.


3. What would you tell a salesperson in the Philippines if you want to buy a carton of milk/
a watch/ a dozen eggs? How would you ask the price? Role-play the dialogue.
Susana:

Naimbag nga aldawyo Apo. Kayatko koma ti gumatang ti maysa nga


carton a gatas, relo, ken maysa dosena nga itlog.
Good day, sir/maam. I would like to buy a carton of milk, a watch, and a
dozen of eggs.

Aglaklako: Naimbag nga aldawmo met. Apo. Ti bayad ti maysa a carton nga
(Salesperson)
gatas ket lima nga pesos; ti relo ket uppat a pulo ket siam a pisos;
ti maysa a dosena nga itlog ket duapulo ket lima a pisos
(Good day too, sir/maam. The price of a carton of milk is five pesos;
the watch is forty-nine pesos, and a dozen of eggs is twenty-five pesos.)
Susana:

Mano ngarud amin ti dagup ti nagatangko, Apo?


(How much then is the total of my purchase, sir, maam?)

Aglaklako:Ti dagup ti nagatangmo ket pitopulo ket siam a pesos am-amin, Apo.
(The total of your purchase is seventy-nine pesos all in all, sir/maam.)
Susana:

Dios ti agngina Apo. Daytoy ti bayadko.


(Thanks a lot, sir, maam. This is my payment.)

Susana:

Agpakadaakon Apo.
(Goodbye, sir/maam.)

103

Vocabulary List
How much.?
Its.
I want to buy
Banana
Butter
Chicken
Fish
Ice cream
Milk
Tomato
Pear
Potato
Sugar
Cereal
Cheese
Eggs
A pound/kilo of cheese
A bag of potatoes
A loaf of bread
A bottle of water
A dozen eggs
A box of cereal
A carton of milk
Department Store
Clothing Store
Grocery Store
Bookstore
Bread
Credit card
Cash
Cashier
Salesperson
To buy
To take
To pay/pay for
Too
Can I pay with a credit card?
Im sorry, but we take cash.

Mano . . . . . . . . . . ?
Daydiay ket . . . .
Kayatko ti gumatang . . . . .
Saba
Mantikilia
Manok(Meat)
Lames
Sorbetes
Gatas
Kamatis
Peras
Patatas
Asukar
Sirial
Keso
It-itlog(plu); itlog(sing.)
Maysa a libra/kilo nga keso
Maysa a supot ti patpatatas
Maysa nga tinapay
Maysa nga botelia a danum
Maysa a dosena nga itlog
Maysa nga supot a siryal
Maysa nga carton a gatas
Departamento nga tiendaan
Tiendaan ti Luplupot
Tiendaan ti makmakan
Tiendaan ti liblibro
Tinapay
Pagtalekan a kard/Pagutangan nga kard
Kas nga kuarta
Kahero
Aglaklako; Tagalako
Gumatang; Aggatang
Alaen; Awaten
Agbayad/Agbayad ti
Met(prep)
Mabalin ti agbayad iti pagtalekan a kard
Ladingitek, ngem aw-awa- tenmi iti kas a kuarta

104

Answer Key
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

C
F
A
E
G
B
D

9.
1. A kilo of banana - $3.45
2. A pound of fish
- $8.15
3. A bag of potatoes - $1.59
4. A bottle of water - $1.19
5. A carton of milk
- $4.50
6. A piece of bread
- $2.65
7. A dozen eggs
- $2.48
10.
clothing store

grocery store

gift store

department store

1. My parents buy gifts at the ______________________.


2. They buy tomatoes and potatoes at the__________________.
3. My brother buys books at the________________________.
4. My sister and I buy clothes at the ___________________.
5. We can buy clothes, books and gifts at the __________________.
Answers:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Tiendaan ti regregalo
Tiendaan ti makmakan
Tiendaan ti liblibro
Tiendaan ti luplupot
Departamento nga tiendaan

105

bookstore

11.
1. I buy books in the bookstore.
2. My sister buys gifts at the gift store.
3. My mother buys sugar at the grocery store across from the bank.
4. My grandparents buy milk and butter at the grocery store.
5. We buy clothes, books, and gifts at the department store.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Tiendaan ti liblibro
Tiendaan ti regregalo
Tiendaan ti makmakan
Tiendaan ti makmakan
Departamento nga tiendaan

13.
1. Mapmapan ni Delia idiay tiendaan ti makmakan
Delia goes to the grocery store
2. Kayatna ti gumatang iti dua a botelia ti danum, maysa a kilo ti mangga.
She wants to buy two bottles of water, a kilo og mango
3. Mapmapan ni Mario idiay departamento nga tiendaan
Mario goes to the department store
4. Kayatna ti gumatang iti regregalo para ti apongna a lakay. Kayatna gumatang ti maysa a
libro ken pagorasan
He wants to buy gifts for his grandfather. He also wants to buy a book and a clock.
5. Wen. Mabalinna ti agbayad iti pagtalekan a kard idiay tiendaan ti liblibro.
Yes. He can pay with a credit card at the bookstore
Mario : Hello, Delia!
Kumusta, Delia!
Delia : Hello, Mario!
Kumusta Mario!
Mario: Where are you going?
Sadino ti papanam?
Delia : I am going to the grocery store.
Mapanak idiay tiendaan ti makmakan.
Mario : What do you want to buy?
Ania ti kayatmo nga gatangen?
Delia : I want to buy bread, two bottles of water, and a kilo of mangoes. Where are you
going?
Kayatko ti gumatang ti tinapay, dua a bote ti danum, ken maysa a kilo a mangga.
Sadinno ti papanam?

106

Mario : I am going to the department store.


Mapmapanak idiay departamento nga tiendaan.
Delia : What do you want to buy?
Ania ti kayatmo nga gatangen?
Mario : I want to buy a gift for my grandfather. I want to buy a book or a clock.
Kayatko ti gumatang ti regalo ti apongko a lakay. Kayatko ti gumatang ti libro
wenno pagorasan.
Delia : I buy gifts at the gift store.
Gumatgatangak ti regregalo idiay tiendaan ti regregalo
Mario: At a bookstore I cant pay with a credit card. They take cash.
Mabalinko ti agbayad iti pagtalekan a kard idiay tiendaan ti liblibro. Agawatda
ti kas a kuarta.
End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
A. Where do you buy tomatoes and potatoes?
Sadinno ti paggatangam iti kamkamatis ken patpatatas?
B. Do you take credit cards? No, we take cash.
Mabalinmo nga awaten ti pagtalekan a kard? Saan, alaenmi ti kas a kuarta
C. I buy the gift for my sister in the clothing store.
Gumatgatangak iti regalo para ti kabsatko a babai idiay tiendaan ti luplupot.
D. How much is a piece of bread? - $2.35
Mano ti maysa a tinapay? Dua a doliar ken tallopulo ket lima.
Answer Key: A. Tiendaan ti makmakan
B. Saan, alaenmmi ti kas a kuarta
C. Gumatgatangak iti regalo ti kabsatko a babai idiay tiendaan ti
luplupot.
D. Dua a doliar ken tallopulo ket lima

107

Lesson 8
Pannangan Iti Ruar
Eating Out

This lesson will introduce you to:


- eating out in a restaurant in the Philippines
- various menu items
- how to order menu items
- different table service items
-

1. Look at the restaurant menu below. Repeat the words after the speaker, and
follow along in the workbook.

Small World Restaurant


Bassit A Lubong A Restauran

Items

Prices

Eggroll (Lumpia) each piece


Soup (Sopas)
Cup (tasa)
Bowl (malukong)
Salad (ensalada)
Chicken (manok)
Steak (bistik)
Fish (lames)
Coffee (kapi)
Fruit Juice (tubbog ti prutas)
- glass (maysa a baso)
- bottle (maysa a botilia)
Ice Cream (sorbetes)
Native Cake (bibingka)
Milk (gatas)
- glass (maysa a baso)
- bottle (maysa a botilia)
Shaved Ice w/evaporated milk
(Halu-Halo) (a glass-maysa a baso)
Tea (Tsa)
Beer (Serbesa)
- glass (maysa a baso)

P1.50 (Pisos ken limapulo)

108

P3.00 (Tallo a pisos)


P4.50 (Uppat nga pisos ken limapulo)
P5.00 (Lima nga pisos)
P25.00 (Duapulo ket lima nga pisos)
P50.00 (Limapulo nga pisos)
P15.00 (Sangapulo ket lima a pisos)
P2.50 (Dua a pisos ket limapulo)
P2.50 (Dua a pisos ken limapulo)
P3.00 (Tallo a pisos)
P2.00 (Dua a pisos)
P4.00 Uppat a pisos)
P1.50 (Pisos ken limapulo)
P2.00 (Dua a pesos)
P3.00 (Tallo a pisos)
P1.20 (Pisos ken duapulo)
P4.30 (Uppat a pisos ken tallopulo)

- bottle (maysa a botilia)


pisos
Wine (arak)
- glass (maysa a baso)
- bottle (maysa a botilia)
Banana (Saba)
Orange (Kahel a prutas)
Water (Danum)
Rice with Spiced Soup and Cut Chicken
(Arroz kaldo)
- bowl (maysa a malukong)
- plate (maysa a pinggan)
Steamed Rice (innapoy)
- plate (maysa a pinggan)
- bowl (maysa a malukong)

P15.10 (Sangapulo ket lima a


ken sangapulo)
P4.50 (Uppat a pisos ken limapulo)
P16.00 (Sangapulo ket innem)
P1.00 (Pisos)
P1.00 (Pisos)
P1.50 (Pisos ken limapulo)

P3.00 (Tallo a pisos)


P3.50 (Tallo a pisos ken limapulo)
P1.50 (Pisos ken limapulo)
P1.00 (Pisos)

Distinctive stew of pork or chicken marinated with


soy sauce, vinegar, salt, garlic, pepper & bay leaves
(Adobo) (a plate maysa a pinggan P5.50 (Lima a pisos ken limapulo)
2. Imagine that you have P25.00. What would you buy at the Small World Restaurant?
3. Read and translate the following dialogue between a waiter and a patron. Make up
similar dialogues using the words and word combinations that are in the box. Check the
answer key for an English translation of the text below.
A. Dispensarendak man, Weyter.
B. Wen, pangaasim man.
A. Kayatko ti maysa a tasa a kape
B. Pagpasensiannak, Apo. Awanan kami ti kape, ngem addaankam iti tsa.
1. maysa a tasa a kape - tsa
2. maysa a baso a gatas tsa/kape
3. maysa a baso a tubbog ti kahel tubbog ti mansanas
4. lames ken pasta manok ken naprito nga patatas

4. Listen to the following dialogue that takes place at a restaurant. Follow along in
your workbook. Pay attention to the new words. Role-play the dialogue. You can
substitute some words with any food from the Small World Restaurant menu.
A. Hello, sir. What do you want to eat?
Kumusta, Apo. Ania ti kayatyo nga kanen?
B. What do you recommend?
Ania ti irekomendarmo?

109

A. We have delicious fried chicken and adobo.


Addaankami ti naimas a naprito nga manok ken adobo.
B. Very well. Fried chicken and adobo with white steamed rice, please.
No kasta ngarud. Pangaasim, ikkannakam ti naprito a manok, adobo ken innapoy.
A. What do you want to drink, sir?
Ania ti kayatyo nga inumen, Apo?
B. A glass of orange juice and a glass of water, please.
Maysa a baso nga tubbog ti kahel ken maysa a baso a danum man.
A. Any dessert?
Ania man nga sinamit?
B. Yes, I want a glass of halu-halo.
Wen, kayatko ti maysa a baso nga halu-halo.
A. Here is your total bill, sir.
Daytoy ti dagup ti bayadyo, Apo.
B. Can I pay with a credit card?
Mabalin ti agbayad ti kard nga pagtalekan(pagutangan)?
A. Yes, you can, sir.
Wen, mabalin, Apo.

I drink
You drink
He drinks
We drink
You drink
They drink

Present tense
Umin-inomak
Umin-inomka
Umin-inom
isuna
Umininomkami
Umin-inom
kayo
Umin-inomda

We drank

Past Tense
Imminomak
Imminomka
Imminom
isuna
Imminomkam

You drank

Imminomkayo

They drank

Imminomda

I drank
You drank
He drank

5. Using the restaurant menu above, tell your classmates in Ilokano what you ate and
drank at a restaurant the last time you were there.
Model: Idi Dominggo, addaak iti maysa a restauran. Nanganak ti adobo, manok, ken
ensalada. Imminomak ti tubbog ti prutas.
6. Fill in the blanks to complete the dialogues below. Check the answer key for a
translation of the given dialogue.
1. _______________________________________?
Addaak idiay restaurant idi Dominggo.
2. _______________________________________?
Wen, ti kabsatko nga lalaki ken siak ket addakam idiay.
3. _______________________________________?
Nangan isuna ti arroz kaldo ken lames.

110

4. _______________________________________?
Imminom isuna ti kape.
5. _______________________________________?
Nanganak ti manok ken ensalada a prutas..
6. _______________________________________?
Imminomak ti kape.

7. Below are some table service items. Listen and repeat after the speaker.

Plate
Pinggan

Bowl
Malukong

Cup
Tasa

Glass
Baso

Knife
Kutsilio

Fork
Tenedor

Spoon
Kutsara

Napkin
Serbilieta

8. Match the English words in the left column with the Ilokano equivalents in the right
column.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Plate
Bowl
Cup
Glass
Knife
Fork
Spoon
Napkin

A. Kutsara
B. Baso
C. Kutsilio
D. Tenedor
E. Malukong
F. Pinggan
G. Serbilieta
H. Tasa

111

9. Listen to the following model. Repeat after the speaker. Compose similar
sentences using the words below.
Model:
A. Awan kutsarak. Mabalin kadi nga ikkannak ti kutsara?
B. Wen, ala. Daytoyen.
Model: A. I do not have a spoon. Can I have a spoon?
B. Yes, of course. Here you are.
1. napkin
2. cup
3. fork
4. knife
5. glass

10. Listen to the speaker and circle the words you hear. Check your answers with
the answer key.
1. I want a glass of milk / juice.
2. We drank orange juice / apple juice at a restaurant.
3. Did you eat salad / pasta?
4. They ate fried potatoes and chicken / fish
5. She bought soup and hamburger / salad and beef.
6.

Can I have a knife / fork?

7.

He does not have a glass / plate.

112

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Tell in Ilokano what you usually eat and drink for breakfast / lunch / dinner.
Example: Dagitoy ti kankanek a para pammmigat, pangaldaw, pangrabii

2. Tell in Ilokano what you ate and drank at a restaurant the last time you were there.

3. Read and translate the following text in Ilokano. Answer the following questions. Check
your answers with the answer key.
Idi Biernes kalpasan trabaho, napankami ti kabsatko a lalaki,ken dagiti nagannak kaniami idiay
Bassit A Lubonga restauran. Kasango iti bangko daytoy a restauran. Maysa a weyter ti
nangikomendar ti naprito a manok. ensalada.ken pasta. Iti kabsatko a lalaki ket nangan ti karne ti
baka ken; imminom iti tsa nga adda asukarna ken limon. Nangan met nanangko ti sopas ken
hambarger. Imminom isuna iti tubbog ti mansanas. Para ti sinamitna, maysa a pedaso a
bibingka ti kinnanna.. Nangan ni tatangko ti karne ti baka, naprito a patatas ken preskp a
kamkamatis. Nangan met ti maysa a pedaso a bibingka nga adda kesona a para sinamitna ken
imminom ti kape. Nagsidaak met iti manok ken nangan ti ensalada. Nakaim-imas amin!
Agbayadak koma iti pagtalekan a kard, ngem nakauna metten ni tatangko a nagbayad iti kas a
kuarta. Naragsakkami amin iti dayta a rabii
1. Kaano a napan ti pamilya idiay restauran?
2. Sadino ti restauran? Ania ti nirekomendar ti weyter?
4. Ania ti kinnan ti kabsatko a lalaki?
5. Ania ti ininomna?
6. Nangan kadi ni nanangko ti sopas ken hamburger?
7. Imminom kadi isuna iti tubbog ti kahel wenno mansanas?
8. Nangan kadi isuna iti maysa a pedaso a bibingka nga adda kesona?
9. Ania ti kinnan ni tatangko?
10. Imminom kadi isuna ti arak?
11. Nagbayad kadi ni tatangko iti pagtalekan/pagutangan a kard?
12. Naragsakami a pamilia kadi iti dayta rabii?

113

Vocabulary List
Apple juice
Bowl
Cheesecake
Coffee
Cup
Fork
Fried
Glass
Knife
Napkin
Orange juice
Piece
Plate
Please
Salad
Soup
Spoon
Tea
Beef
Hamburger
Here you are
To Drink / drank
To eat / ate
Recommend
Wonderful
Delicious
Very well
Lemon
Dessert
Bill
Wine
Beer

Tubbog ti mansanas
Malukong
Bibingka a keso
Kape(i)
Tasa
Tenedor
Naprito
Baso
Kutsilio
Serbilieta
Tubbog ti kahel
Piesa; Iwa; pedaso
Pinggan
Pangaasim man
Ensalada
Sopas; Digo
Kutsara
Tsa
Karne ti baka
Hambarger
Kumustaka
Uminom/Imminom
Mangan/Nangan
Irekomendar
Datdatlag; Nakaskasdaaw
Naimas
Nasayaat unay; Kasta ngarud
Limon
Sinam-it
Kuenta; Pakadagupan ti utang
Arak
Serbesa

114

Answer Key
3.
A. Excuse me, waiter.
B. Yes, please.
A. I want a cup of coffee.
B. Sorry, sir. We do not have
coffee, but we have tea.

1. a cup of coffee tea


2. a glass of milk tea/coffee
3. a glass of orange juice apple juice
4. fish and pasta chicken and fried potatoes4.

6.
1. _______________________?
I was at a restaurant last Sunday.
2. ___________________________?
Yes, my brother and I were there.
3. ____________________________?
He ate arroz caldo and fish.
4. ____________________________?
He drank coffee.
5. ____________________________?
I ate chicken and fruit salad.
6. ____________________________?
I drank coffee.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Plate
Bowl
Cup
Glass
Knife
Fork
Spoon
Napkin

F. Pinggan
E. Malukong
H. Tasa
B. Baso
C. Kutsilio
D. Tenedor
A. Kutsara
G. Serbilieta

115

10.
1. I want a glass of milk / juice.
Kayatko ti maysa a baso ti gatas / tubbog
2. We drank orange juice / apple juice at a restaurant.
Imminom kami iti tubbog ti kahel / tubbog ti mansanas iti maysa a restauran
3. Did you eat salad / pasta?
Nanganka iti ensalada / pasta?
4. They ate fried potatoes and chicken / fish.
Nanganda iti naprito nga patatas ken manok / lames
5. She bought soup and hamburger / salad and beef.
Gimmatang isuna ti sopas ken hamburger / ensalada ken karne ti baka
6. Can I have a knife / fork?
Mabalin nga ikkannak ti kutsilio / tenedor?
7. He does not have a glass / plate.
Awan ti baso / pingganna

1. milk
2. apple juice
3. pasta
4. fish
5. salad and beef
6. knife
7. glass

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

gatas
tubbog ti mansanas
pasta
lames
ensalada ken karne ti baka
kutsilio
baso

End-of-Lesson Tasks
3.
Last Friday after work, my brother, our parents and I went to the restaurant Small World. Its
a small restaurant across from the bank. A waiter recommended us to have fried chicken, salad,
and pasta. My brother ate beef and potatoes; he drank tea with sugar and lemon. My mother ate
soup and a hamburger. She drank apple juice. For dessert she had a piece of strawberry cake.
My father ate beef, fried potatoes, and tomatoes. He ate a piece of cheesecake for dessert and
drank coffee. I ate chicken and salad. It was delicious! I wanted to pay with a credit card, but
my father paid cash. We had a wonderful evening.

1. When did the family go to the restaurant?

116

2. Where is the restaurant?


3. What did the waiter recommend?
4. What did my brother eat?
5. What did he drink?
6. Did my mother eat soup and hamburgers?
7. Did she drink orange or apple juice?
8. Did she eat a piece of cheesecake for dessert?
9. What did my father eat?
10. Did he drink wine?
11. Did my father pay with a credit card?
12. Was it a wonderful evening?
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Biernes (Friday)
Kasango iti bangko. (Across the bank)
Naprito nga manok, ensalada, ken pasta. (Fried chicken, salad, and pasta)
Karne ti baka ken patpatatas (Beef and potatoes)
Tsa nga adda asukarna ken limon (tea with sugar and lemon)
Wen (Yes)
Tubbog ti mansanas (Apple juice)
Saan. Nangan isuna ti bibingka a presa (No, she had strawberry cake)
Karne ti baka, naprito nga patpatatas, ken kamkamatis (Beef, fried potatoes, and
tomatoes)
10 Saan. Imminom isuna ti kape. (No, he drank coffee.)
11 Saan. Nagbayad isuna iti kas a kuarta (No, he paid cash.)
12 Wen, maysa a datdatlag nga rabii. (Yes, it was a wonderful evening.)

117

Lesson 9
Piespiesta, Ug-ugali, ken Dagiti Naipakadawyan a Sursuro
Holidays, Customs, and Cultural Traditions

This lesson will introduce you to:


- How to read dates
- How to use ordinal numbers
- Names of the months
- Holidays, customs, and cultural traditions of the Philippines.
Cultural Notes on Philippine Holidays:
Christmas (Paskua)
Filipinos celebrate the longest Christmas in the world. Christmas colors start in October, and
Christmas music starts to fill the air. Houses are adorned with Parol a star-shaped lantern made
from bamboo sticks and covered with colored paper, normally hung inside houses and windows. Nine
days before Christmas, before dawn each morning, church bells ring calling worshippers to an early
morning mass. The mass is called Misa de Gallo (Mass of the Rooster) because roosters start crowing
during this early part of the morning. Midnight masses and family gatherings on Christmas Day are
the center of the occasion. The Feast of the Three Kings ends in January.
This holiday is not only the happiest but also the most meaningful month in the Philippines for
it is a time for families and friends to gather together and celebrate traditions handed down from
generation to generation.
Holidays (Pies-Piesta)
Filipinos love fiestas. These holidays give meaning to their lives and rhythm to their years.
Fiestas combine worship, food, music, and often, spectacular dances. Families in communities gather
together during this celebration. Each small ethnic group has unique rituals and festivals. Even
though the origins of these festivals are foreign, they have become distinctly Filipino.
Lent (Kuaresma)
Lent lasts from Ash Wednesday to Easter Sunday and is a somber season. Older folks take
turns chanting the Pasyon (Life and Death of Christ). Elder women wail like they do for the Dungaw or traditional lament for the dead, which predates Christianity. Palm Sunday starts Holy Week.
Filipinos weave palm fronds into many elaborate designs, which are brought to church to wave as a
remembrance of Jesus triumphant return to Jerusalem. Priests bless the palm fronds and the faithful
hang them above doors and in house altars with the belief they will keep the house and the whole
family always safe and healthy.

118

Holy Week (Nangina/Nasantuan nga Aldaw)


The climax of Lent is the Holy Week that commemorates the week of Christs death and
resurrection. Palm Sunday ushers in Holy Week. The folk aspect of Christianity is seen in a ritual
called, Pabasa when the teachings of Christ are chanted. In the southern part of the Philippines,
flagellants beat their bare backs with glass-spiked leather, not as an act of masochism, but in
fulfillment of a Sapata or a vow. The devotee lives up to a promise to undergo the pain and
humiliation of their penitential act in exchange for a granted request or a forgiven wrong. Some
pabasa participants even go to the extent of having themselves tied or nailed to a cross on Good
Friday. They believe once they subject themselves to this it will totally obliterate sins they have
committed.
Birth (Pannakayanak)
Birth is normally an occasion everyone welcomes as they speculate over the babys gender and
name, and later, from whom in the family the babys name will derive. The first religious ritual for a
Filipino baby born into a Catholic family is baptism. Parents invite sponsors to be godparents of the
child. Godparents will serve as second parents in the absence of the biological parents. During the
baptism, all relatives and some neighbors are invited. Parents will spend most all of their savings
because the coming of a new child to their lives is considered good luck especially if the child is a boy.
Independence Day (Aldaw ti Waya-waya)
Originally celebrated on July 4 each year to occur at the same time with the US independence
celebration, it was later changed to June 12 when the Philippines gained freedom from the US in 1946.
Just like in the US, celebrations are held all over the archipelago in the form of parades, open air
programs, food fiestas, and speeches.

1. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook.
1 one
first
2 two
second
3 three
third
4 four
fourth
5 five
fifth
6 six
sixth
7 seven
seventh
8 eight
eighth

1 Maysa
Umuna
2 - Dua
Maikadua
3 - Tallo
Maikatallo (Maikatlo)
4 - Uppat
Maikauppat (Maikapat)
5 - Lima
Maikalima
6 - Innem
Maikainnem (Maikanem)
7 - Pito
Maikapito
8 - Walo
Maikawalo
119

9 nine
ninth
10 ten
tenth

9 - Siam
Maikasiam
10 Sangapulo
Maikasangapulo

Ordinal Number Grammar Notes:


Ordinal numbers simply use the prefix maika except for one/first. Note that the ordinal
numbers third, fourth, and sixth can be shortened to maikatlo, maikapat, and maikanem instead of
the whole word maikatallo, maikauppat, and maikainnem. Either way is acceptable.
2. Fill in the blanks to complete the sentences. Use the words located in the box. Check your
answers with the answer key.

maikalima
maikapito

maikadua
maikapat

umuna

maikainnem

maikatallo

maikapito

1. Lunes ket __________ nga aldaw ti lawas.


2. Martes ket __________nga aldaw ti lawas.
3. Mierkules ket ________nga aldaw ti lawas.
4. Huebes ket __________nga aldaw ti lawas.
5. Biernes ket __________nga aldaw ti lawas.
6. Sabado ket __________ nga aldaw ti lawas.
7. Dominggo ket ________nga aldaw ti lawas.
Grammar Notes on Ordinal Numbers
For the numbers over ten, the pattern continues. For instance, the ordinal number
eleventh would be, maikasangapulo ket maysa, and the ordinal number twentieth is
maikaduapulo.
Study the rest of these ordinal numbers:
Thirtieth (30th)
Fortieth (40th)
Fiftieth (50th)
Sixtieth (60th)
Seventieth (70th)
Eightieth (80th)
Ninetieth (90th)

maikatallopulo
maikauppat a pulo
maikalimapulo
maikainnem a pulo
maikapitopulo
maikawalopulo
maikasiam a pulo

120

3. Listen and repeat after the speaker the ordinal numbers 11 through 20. Follow along in
the workbook.
11 eleven
eleventh

11 -Sangapulo ket maysa


Maikasangapulo ket maysa

12 twelve
twelfth

12 Sangapulo ket dua


Maikasangapulo ket dua

13 thirteen
thirteenth

13 Sangapulo ket tallo


Maikasangapulo ket tallo

14 fourteen
fourteenth

14 Sangapulo ket uppat


Maikasangapulo ket uppat

15 fifteen
fifteenth

15 Sangapulo ket lima


Maikasangapulo ket lima

16 sixteen
sixteenth

16 Sangapulo ket innem


Maikasangapulo ket innem

17 seventeen
seventeenth

17 Sangapulo ket pito


Maikasangapulo ket pito

18 eighteen
eighteenth

18 Sangapulo ket walo


Maikasangapulo ket walo

19 nineteen
nineteenth

19 Sangapulo ket siam


Maikasangapulo ket siam

20 twenty
twentieth

20 Duapulo
Maikaduapulo

4. Read the following ordinal numbers in Ilokano.


11th, 13th, 15th, 17th, 19th, 12th, 14th, 16th, 18th, 20th.
11th
13th
15th
17th
19th

maikasangapulo ket maysa


maikasangapulo ket tallo
maikasangapulo ket lima
maikasangapulo ket pito
maikasangapulo ket siam

12th
14th
16th
18th
20th

121

maikasangapulo ket dua


maikasangapulo ket uppat
maikasangapulo ket innem
maikasangapulo ket walo
maikaduapulo

5. Listen and repeat after the speaker the ordinal numbers 21-30.
21 twenty-one
twenty-first
22 twenty-two
twenty-second
23 twenty-three
twenty-third
24 twenty-four
twenty-fourth
25 twenty-five
twenty-fifth
26 twenty-six
twenty-sixth
27 twenty-seven
twenty-seventh
28 twenty-eight
twenty-eighth
29 twenty-nine
twenty-ninth
30 thirty
thirtieth

21- Duapulo ket maysa


Maikaduapulo ket maysa
22- Duapulo ket dua
Maikaduapulo ket dua
23- Duapulo ket tallo
Maikaduapulo ket tallo
24- Duapulo ket uppat
Maikaduapulo ket uppat
25- Duapulo ket lima
Maikaduapulo ket lima
26- Duapulo ket innem
Maikaduapulo ket innem
27- Duapulo ket pito
Maikaduapulo ket pito
28- Duapulo ket walo
Maikaduapulo ket walo
29- Duapulo ket siam
Maikaduapulo ket siam
30- Tallopulo
Maikatallopulo

Notes on Other Numbers:


Numbers over nine are formed by counting by using the following base ten groups:
Pulo Group of ten
Duapulo (Twenty), Tallopulo (Thirty), Uppat a pulo (Forty)
Gasut -

Group of hundred
Sangagasut (One hundred), Dua Gasut (Two hundred)

Ribu

Group of one thousand


Sangaribu (One thousand), Dua ribu (Two thousand)

Laksa -

Group of ten thousand


Sangalaksa (Ten thousand) Dua a laksa (Twenty thousand)
Tallo a laksa (Thirty thousand)

Riwriw -

Group of one million


Sangariwriw (One Million), Dua a riwriw (Two million),
Tallo a riwriw (Three million)

122

6. Listen to the names of the months and repeat after the speaker.
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December

Enero
Pebrero
Marso
Abril
Mayo
Hunio
Hulio
Agosto
Septiembre
Oktubre
Nobiembre
Disiembre

7. Look at the picture and say the dates and days of the week in Ilokano.
Model: Today is the 23rd of May, 2001. It is Tuesday.
Itatta nga aldaw ket Maikaduapulo ket tallo ti Mayo Dua ribu ket maysa.
Ita ket Martes.

Today is the 15th of April 1999. It is Thursday.


Itatta nga aldaw ket Maikasangapulo ket lima ti
Abril, Sangaribu, Siam a Gasut, Siam a Pulo
ket Siam. Ita ket Huebes.

8. Listen and repeat after the speaker the names of Philippine holidays. Follow along in
the workbook.
1. Christmas the 25th of December (Paskua- Maikaduapulo ket lima ti Disiembre)
2. Independence Day the 4th of July (Aldaw ti Independensia Maikapat ti Hulio)
3. St. Valentines Day the 14th of February (Aldaw ti Balentino Maikasangapulo
ket Uppat ti Pebrero)
4. New Year the 1st of January (Baro a Tawen Umuna/Primero nga aldaw ti Enero)
5. Mayflower the month of May (Sabsabong ti Mayo Bulan ti Mayo)
6. All Saints Day the 1st of November (Aldaw Dagiti Sasanto- Umuna/Primero
nga Aldaw ti Nobiembre)
nd
7. All Souls Day the 2 of November (Aldaw ti Karkararua Maikadua ti Nobiembre)
123

9. Listen as the speaker reads the following years. Repeat after the speaker.
Note: See Notes on Other Numbers, Lesson 5
1925 - nineteen twenty-five Sangaribu, ket siam a gasut, ken duapulo ket
lima
1900 - nineteen hundred
Sangaribu, ket siam a gasut
2004 - two thousand four
Dua ribu ket uppat
10. Read the following years in Ilokano.
2001 (Duaribu ket Maysa)
1987 (Sangaribu ket siam a gasut walopulo ket pito)
1960 (Sanagribu siam a gasut, innem a pulo)
1945 (Sangaribu ket siam a gasut uppat a pulo ket lima)
2000 (Dua ribu)
1700 (Sangaribu ket pito gasut)
1516 (Sangaribu ket lima gasut, sangapulo ket innem)
Expressing Dates:
As with telling time (Lesson 4), Spanish numbers are also used in dates. The first of the
month is represented with the Spanish loan term, primero, the following days are simply represented
by Spanish numbers. Normally, Spanish loan numbers are used most often in telling dates and follow
this order: Day - Month Year (dd/mm/year)
Examples:
April 1, 2004
June 19, 1861
February 14, 2005
December 25, 2004
April 16, 1995

- A Primero ti Abril dos mil kuatro


- Disinuebe ti Hunio mil otsosientos sesenta y uno
- Katorse ti Pebrero dos mil singko
- Beinte singko ti Disiembre dos mil kuatro
- Desisais ti Abril mil nuebesientos nobenta y singko

June 1st
- Primero ti Hunio
nd
- Dos ti Enero
January 2
Beinte otso ti Hulio - July 28
Beinte singko ti Mayo- May 25
2005
- Dosientos singko

124

Loan Spanish Numbers Used in Ilokano:


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Uno
Dos
Tres
Kuatro
Singko
Sais
Siete
Otso
Nuebe
Dies
Onse
Dose
Trese
Katorse
Kinse
Diesisais
Diesisiete
Diesiotso
Diesinuebe
Beinte

25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
2000
3000
1,000,000

beinte singko
trenta
kuarenta
singkuenta
sesenta
setenta
otsenta
nobenta
sien
dosientos
tresientos
kuatrosientos
singkosientos/
kinientos
saisientos
sietesientos
otsosientos
nobesientos
mil
dos mil
tres mil
milion

11. Listen to the speakers tell about their dates of birth. Follow along in the workbook.

When were you born?


I was born on the
11th of June, 1936.

When were you born?


I was born on the
31st of July, 1960.

When were you born?


I was born on the
23rd of January, 1987.

Kaano ti pannakayanakmo?
Naiyanakak iti onse
ti Hunio, mil nuebesientos trentay sais

Kaano ti pannakayanakmo?
Naiyanakak iti tallopulo
uno ti Hulio mil nuebesientos sesenta

Kaano ti pannakayanakmo?
Naiyanakak iti beinte
tres ti Enero mil
nuebesientos
otsentay siete

125

12. Work in pairs or in small groups. Ask your partner when he was born. Use the model
below.
Model: A. Naiyanakak iti kinse ti Pebrero, nil nuebesientos otsenta y dos. Kaano ti
pannakayanakmo?
B. Naiyanakak iti kuatro ti Septiembre, mil nuebesientos setentay nuebe.
Model: A. I was born on the 15th of February, 1982. When were you born?
B. I was born on the 4th of September, 1979.
13. Look at the picture below and imagine that this is your family. Describe each member. Use
the model below. You can use real pictures of your family.
Model: Kabsatko a lalaki daytoy. Ti nanganna ket Mario Isuna ket sangapulo ket uppat ti tawenna.
Naiyanak isuna ti maikasangapulo ket uppat iti Pebrero, mil nuebesientos nobenta.
Model: This is my brother. His name is Mario. He is 14 years old. He was born on the 14th of
February, 1990

14. Read and translate the following text into English. Answer the questions below.
Juancho ti nagannko. Taga Pilipinasak. Agnanaedak idiay Manila. Addaanak ti dakkel a pamilya:
maysa nga asawa, dua nga annak, ken nagannak kaniak. Agnanaedkam iti dakkel a balay. Tallopulo ti
tawen ti asawak. Naiyanak isuna idi beinte tres ti Nobiembre mil nuebesientos Setenta. Isuna ket
doktor ken agtratrabaho iti ospital. Estudiante ti annakko. Agbasbasada iti eskuelaan. Naiyanak ti
anakko a babai idi beinte sais ti Abril, mil nuebesientos nobentay dos. Walo ti tawen ti anakko a
lalaki. Naiyanak isuna idi primero ti Mayo mil nuebesientos nobentay sais. Baket unayen ti
nanangko. Setentay otso isuna. Naiyanak isuna iti beinte dos ti Nobiembre, mil nuebesientos beinte
sais. setentay nuebe ti tatangko. Naiyanak isuna idi beinte singko ti Agosto, mil nuebesientos beinte
singko. Saanda nga agtratrabaho. Agbasbasada ti liblibro, agbuybuyada ti telebision, wenno
makipagay-ayam iti annakmi. Addaanak iti nakarag- ragsak a pamilya.
126

1. Sadino kadi ti pagnanaedan ti pamilya?


2. Mano kadi ti tawen ti asawana(nga babai)?
3. Kaano kadi nga naiyanak isuna(Juancho)?
4. Ania kadi ti pagsapulanna?
5. Sadino kadi ti pagtrabahuanna?
6. Addaan ti mano nga annak ni Juancho?
7. Mano kadi ti tawen ti lalaki nga anak? Kaano nga naiyanak?
8. Mano kadi ti tawen ti babai nga anak?
9. Kaano kadi nga naiyanak isuna(anak a babai)?
10. Mano kadi ti tawen ti lola/lelang?
11. Kaano kadi ti kasangayna(Anak a babai)?
12. Mano kadi ti tawen ti lolo/lelong?
13. Kaano kadi nga naiyanak(Anak a lalaki)?
14. Ania kadi ti ub-ubra ti ap-appong
Cultural and Grammar Notes:
a. Ilokanos are very careful to show respect when speaking to someone, especially if the
person is older or of higher status than the speaker. An Ilokano would never say simply, Naimbag a
bigatmo(Good morning) without adding the title of the person to whom they are speaking, such as:
Mis (Miss), Manang (Older sister), Manong (Older brother), Lelong or Lolo/Lelang or Lola
(Grandfather/Grandmother), Tita/Tito (Aunt/Uncle), Ading (Younger brother/sister).
Study the following greetings:
1. Naimbag a bigatyo, Lola Gonyang. (Older than the speaker)
Good morning, Grandma Gonyang.
2. Naragsak a paskuayo, Nanang, Tatang. (Older than the speaker)
Merry Christmas, Mom, Dad.
3. Naimbag nga aldawyo, Mayor! (Older than the speaker)
Good day, Mayor!
4. Naimbag nga malemmo, Oscar. (Same age/younger than the speaker)
Good afternoon, Oscar.
5. Naragsak nga baro a tawenmo, Ading. (Same age/younger than the speaker)
Happy New Year, Ading.
b. Notice the above greetings toward elders demonstrating respect. Ilokanos show respect by
using the plural pronoun -yo(your - plural) when addressing older people, strangers, and people of
higher social status. In Sentences 4 and 5, the singular pronoun mo(your singular) is used for
people the same age or younger than the speaker.

127

15. Listen to the following conversation between two people. Repeat after the speakers.
Follow along in the workbook.
A. Hi, Romulo. There is a birthday on the 14th of February.
I invite you to come over to visit my family.
Kumusta, Romulo. Adda kasangay inton katorse ti Pebrero
Imbitarenka nga umay nga bumisita ti pamiliak.
B. Thank you, Andrea. What time?
Agyamanak, Andrea. Ania nga oras?
A. Five or five thirty.
A las singko wenno a las singko y media
B. What is your address?
Ania kadi a kalsada ti pagtaengam?
A. It is on Del Pilar Street.
Idiay kalsada ti Del Pilar
B. How can I get there?
Kasano kadi iti mapan sadiay?
A. Drive north on the main road to Karabasa Street and turn left.
Agmaneho iti amianan idiay kadakkelan a kalsada a mapan iti Dalan Karabasa ken
aglikaw ti kanigid.
Drive along Marunggay Street two blocks and turn right.
Agmaneho nga agpatuloy ti Dalan Marunggay dua a ligason ken aglikaw ti kanawan
My house is the third house on the right.
Maikatlo nga balay ti balayko iti kanawan.
B. What can I bring?
Ania ti maitugotko?
A. Nothing, thanks.
Awan. Agyamanak.
B. Thank you for the invitation.
Agyamanak kenka para iti imbitasion.
16. Work with a partner. Invite him/her to your house to celebrate a holiday. Give him/her
directions how to get to your house. Use the dialogue above as a model. See the answer key for a
sample dialogue.

128

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Tell in Ilokano the date when:
-

You were born (naiyanakka)


You graduated from high school (nagturposka iti nangato nga eskuelaan)
Your wedding was (panagkasarmo)
Your child was born (naiyanak ti anakmo)
You enlisted in the service (nagpalista iti serbisio)

See the answer key for a sample text.


2. Give the names of the Philippine holidays and tell when they are celebrated (in Ilokano).
Check your work with the answer key.

3. Invite your roommate to a Christmas party and give him/her directions how to get there.

129

Vocabulary List
The first
The second
The third
The fourth
The fifth
The sixth
The seventh
The eighth
The ninth
The tenth
The eleventh
The twelfth
The thirteenth
The fourteenth
The fifteenth
The sixteenth
The seventeenth
The eighteenth
The nineteenth
The twentieth
The twenty-first
The twenty-second
The twenty-third
The twenty-fourth
The twenty-fifth
The twenty-sixth
The twenty-seventh
The twenty-eighth
The twenty-ninth
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Was born
To invite
Invitation

Ti primero/Ti umuna
Ti maikadua
Ti maikatlo
Ti maikapat
Ti maikalima
Ti maikanem
Ti maikapito
Ti maikawalo
Ti maikasiam
Ti maikasangapulo
Ti maikasangapulo ket maysa
Ti maikasangapulo ket dua
Ti maikasangapulo ket tallo
Ti maikasangapulo ket uppat
Ti maikasangapulo ket lima
Ti maikasangapulo ket innem
Ti maikasangapulo ket pito
Ti maikasangapulo ket walo
Ti maikasangapulo ket siam
Ti maikaduapulo
Ti maikaduapulo ket maysa
Ti maikaduapulo ket dua
Ti maikaduapulo ket tallo
Ti maikaduapulo ket uppat
Ti maikaduapulo ket lima
Ti maikaduapulo ket innem
Ti maikaduapulo ket pito
Ti maikaduapulo ket walo
Ti maikaduapulo ket siam
Enero
Pebrero
Marso
Abril
Mayo
Hunio
Hulio
Agosto
Septiembre
Oktubre
Nobiembre
Disiembre
Naiyanak
Imbitaran
Imbitasion
130

Address
Drive
Along
Two blocks
Turn right/left
Come over
To visit
Birthday
Birthday party
Wedding
Funeral
To bring
I want to invite you
New Years Day
Christmas
Labor Day
National Heroes Day
All Saints Day
Rizal Day
Independence Day
Bonifacio Day
Thanksgiving Day
Holy Thursday
Memorial Day
Good Friday
Easter

Pagtaengan
Agmaneho
Agpatuloy
Dua nga ligason
Agligko ti kannawan /kanigid
Umayka (ditoy)
Bumisita
Kasangay
Padaya ti panagkasangay
Pangakallaysa
Pamunpon; Punpon
Mangitugot; Itugot
Kayatko nga imbitarenka
Baro a Tawen
Paskua
Aldaw ti Panagtrabaho
Aldaw Dagiti Bannuar
Todos Los Santos
Aldaw ni Rizal
Aldaw ti Waya-Waya
Aldaw ni Bonifacio
Aldaw ti Pangayaman
Huebes Santo
Aldaw ti Pannakalagip
Biernes Santo
Aldaw ti Panagungar

131

Answer Key
2.
fifth
maikalima

second
maikadua

first
umuna

seventh
maikapito

fourth
maikauppat

eventh
maikapito

sixth
maikainnem

third
maikatallo

1. Monday is the ___________________day of the week.


2. Tuesday is the ___________________day of the week.
3. Wednesday is the ________________day of the week.
4. Thursday is the __________________day of the week.
5. Friday is the _____________________day of the week.
6. Saturday is the ___________________day of the week.
7. Sunday is the ____________________day of the week.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Lunes ket umuna nga aldaw ti lawas.


Martes ket maikadua nga aldaw ti lawas.
Mierkules ket maikatlo nga aldaw ti lawas.
Huebes ket maikapat nga aldaw ti lawas.
Biernes ket maikalima nga aldaw ti lawas.
Sabado ket maikanem nga aldaw ti lawas
Dominggo ket maikapito nga aldaw ti lawas.

14.
My name is Juancho. I am from the Philippines. I live in Manila. I have a big family: a
wife, two children, and my parents. We live in a big house. My wife is 30. She was
born on 11/23/1970. She is a doctor and works at the hospital. My children are students.
They study at school. My daughter was born on the 26th of April, 1992. My son is 8
years old. He was born on the 1st of May, 1996. My mother is very old. She is 78. She
was born on the 22nd of November, 1926. My father is 79. He was born on the 25th of
August, 1925. They do not work. They read books, watch television, or play with our
children. I have a wonderful family.
1. Where does the family live?
2. How old is the wife?
3. When was she born?
4. What is her occupation?
5. Where does she work?
6. How many children does Juancho have?
7. How old is the son? When was he born?
8. How old is the daughter?
9. When was she born?
10. How old is the grandmother?
132

11. When was she born?


12. How old is the grandfather?
13. When was he born?
14. What do the grandparents do?

1. Manila
2. Treinta(tallopulo)
3. Beinte tres(duapulo ket tallo) ti Nobiembre mil nuebesientos setenta
4. Agtratrabaho nga doctor
5. Ospital
6. Dos(dua) ti annak ni Juancho
7. Otso(walo) ti tawenna; naiyanak idi Primero ti Mayo mil nuebesientos nobentay sais
8. Beinte(duapulo) ti tawenna
9. Naiyanak idi beinte sais(duapulo ket innem) ti Abril mil nuebesientos nobentay dos
10. Setentay otso(pitopulo ket walo)
11. Naiyanak idi beinte dos(duapulo ket dua) Nobiembre mil nuebesientos beinte sais
12. Setentau nuebe(pitopulo ket walo)
13. Naiyanak idi beinte singko (duapulo ket lima)ti Agosto mil nuebesientos beinte singko
14. Saanda nga agtratrabaho
16.
Juliana: Kumusta, Antonio! Nabayag nga saan tayo nagkita!
(Hello, Antonio! We have not seen each other for a long time!)
Antonio: Naimbag met. Ket sika, sadino ti napnapanam?
(Just fine. And you, where have you been?)
Juliana: Nagnaedak nga nabayag idiay Baguio. Nagbasaak iti kolehio sadiay. Ay wen
gayam! Imbitarenka nga umay ti kasangay ti kasinsinko inton Dominggo.
(I live for a long time in Baguio. I studied in a college there. Oh, yes! I invite
you to come for my cousins birthday on Sunday.)
Antonio: Apay ketdi nga saan. Umayakto ngarud. Sadino aya ti pagnaedam, Juliana?
(Why not. I will come then. Where do you live, Juliana?)
Juliana: Agnaedak idiay Cabatuan, dayaen nga parte ti sentro
(I live in Cabatuan, eastern part of the center.)
Antonio: Kasanoak a mapan sadiay? Ania ti pagnaedam?
(How can I get there? What is your address?)
Juliana: Apaman addaka ti Cabatuan, agtraysikelka. Alaem ti kangruaan a kalsada nga
agpalaud. Agdiretsoka ket malabasam ti dakkel a pagbuyaan ti sine iti kanigid.
Agligkoka iti kanigid iti umuna a nagkrusan. Bilangem ti umuna a balay
agingga iti maikanem iti kannawan. Puraw ti maris ti balaymi. Agnaedak
idiay 123 Papaya Street, Cabatuan. Agkitata ngarud inton a las tres ti
Dominggo, Antonio. Saanka nga agitugtugot uray aniaman.

133

(Once you are in Cabatuan, take a tricycle. Take the the main road eastward. Go
straight and you will pass by a big movie theater at left. Turn left in the first
crossing. Count the first house until the sixth at the right. Our house is color
white. I live at 123 Papaya Street, Cabatuan. We will see each other then at
three on Sunday, Antonio. Do not bring anything.)
Antonio: Wen. Agyamanak unay. Agkitata ngarud inton Dominggo, Juliana!
(Yes. Thanks a lot. We will see each other then on Sunday, Juliana!
End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
-

You were born (naiyanakka)


You graduated from high school (nagturposka iti nangato nga eskuelaan)
Your wedding was (panagkasarmo)
Your child was born (naiyanak ti anakmo)
You enlisted in the service (nagpalista iti serbisio)

- Naiyanakak idi katorse ti Pebrero mil nuebesientos setentay otso


- Nagturposak iti nangato nga eskuelaan idi kinse ti Marso mil nuebesientos nobentay sais
- Nagkallaysaak idi dies ti Nobiembre mil nuebesientos nobentay nuebe.
- Naiyanak ti anakko idi kinse ti Disiembre dos mil dos.
- Nagpalistaak iti serbisio idi treinta ti Abril mil nuebesientos nobentay
otso
2.
New Year (Baro a Tawen) - Primero ti Enero
Christmas (Paskua) - Beinte singko ti Disiembre
All Saints Day (Aldaw Dagiti Sasanto/Todos Los Santos) - Primero ti Nobiembre
All Souls Day (Aldaw Dagiti Kararrua) - Dos ti Nobiembre
Independence Day (Aldaw ti Independensia - Dose ti Hunio
Rizal Day (Aldaw ni Rial) - Treinta ti Disiembre
Labor Day (Aldaw ti Panagtrabaho)- Primero ti Mayo
Philippine National Day(Aldaw ti Pagilian) - Dose ti Hunio
Bonifacio Day (Aldaw ni Bonifacio) - Treinta ti Nobiembre

134

Lesson 10
Iti Aglawlaw Ti Balay
Around the House

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Basic vocabulary related to the home (types of rooms, furniture, etc.)

1. Listen to the vocabulary below and repeat after the speaker.


Bathroom
Bedroom
Dining room
Door
Floor
Window
Garage
Roof
Antenna
Office
Basement
Yard
Kitchen
Living room
One-story
Two-story
First floor
Second floor

Banio
Silid nga Pagturugan
Panganan; Komedor
Ridaw
Datar/Basar
Tawa
Garahe
Atep
Antena
Opisina
Sirok; Baba
Inaladan(a ruruot)
Kosina
Salas
Maysa a Kadsaaran
Dua a Kadsaaran
Umuna a datar
Maikadua a datar

2. Match the Ilokano words in the left column with their English equivalents in the right
column. Check your answers with the answer key.
1. Banio
2. Silid nga Pagturugan
3. Panganan
4. Ridaw
5. Datar/Basar
6. Tawa
7. Garahe
8. Salas
9. Opisina
10. Sirok
11. Inaladan
12. Kosina

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
135

Basement
Yard
Garage
Living room
Bathroom
Kitchen
Bedroom
Door
Dining room
Floor
Office
Window

3. Complete the following sentences by filling in the blanks from the list of words written
in the box below. Check your work with the answer key.

garahe

silid nga
pagturugan

antena

inaladan
(ti ruruot)

kosina

salas

panganan/komedor

1. Adda maysa nga ___________ iti atep.


2. Adda ___________ ti nagbaetan iti opisina ken ti banio.
3. Adda ___________ iti sango ti balay
4. Adda kosina ti nagbaetan _____________________________________.
4. Draw a plan of your house and tell your partner in Ilokano the types of rooms you have
and where they are located. Work in pairs or in small groups.
5. Match the following questions with the correct answers. Check your work with the
answer key.

A. Ayanna kadi ti banio?

1. Wen, addaankami iti bassit a garahe.

B.

2. Ti pagturugan ken sumaruno iti salas.

Ayanna kadi ti kosina?

C. Ayanna kadi ti silid nga pagturugan?

3. Wen, addaankam iti dakkel a sirok.

D. Addaanka kadi iti panganan?

4. Addaankam iti tallo nga pagturugan.

E. Addanka kadi ti garahe?

5. Ti kosina ket adda iti umuna a datar.

F. Addaanka kadi ti mano a silid nga


pagturugan?

6. Ti banio ket sumaruno iti pagturugan.

G. Addaanka kadi ti sirok?

7. Saan, awanankam ti panganan.

136

6. Pretend that you want to buy a house. Your classmate is a real estate agent. Make up a
dialogue using the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups.
Model: A. Kayatko ti gumatang ti dua a kadsaaran nga balay.
B. Adda maysa nga napintas, bassit a balay sumaruno ti paglakuan.
A. Addaan iti mano a silid nga pagturugan iti balay?
B Addaan iti maysa a silid nga pagturugan.
A. Addaan iti mano nga banio ti balay?
B. Addaan iti maysa nga nakaskasdaaw nga banio ti balay.
A. Adda kadi kosina ti balay
B. Wen, addaan maysa a kosina ti balay.

Model: A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.

I want to buy a two-story house.


There is a nice small house next to the market.
How many bedrooms does the house have?
It has one bedroom.
How many bathrooms are there in the house?
There is a big wonderful bathroom in the house.
Is there a kitchen in the house?
Yes, there is. (etc.)

Grammar Notes:
Mano? is an interrogative that asks How many or How much and requires a number
for an answer. It may be used either to ask about quantity (How many points do they have?),
or to ask about value or worth, as in How much does this book cost?.

Examples:
a. How many books are you reading? (Mano nga liblibro ti basbasaem?)
How many pencils you bought?
(Mano nga laplapis ti nagatangmo?
Notice these sentences ask for quantity.
b. How much is an apple?
(Mano ti maysa nga mansanas?
How much is a pound of fish?
(Mano ti maysa nga libra nga lames?)
Notice these sentences ask for price or value.

137

7. Familiarize yourself with these terms for furniture and furnishings. Listen and
repeat after the speaker.

Bathtub
Pagdigusan
A lababo

Table
Lamisaan

Radio
Radio

Telephone
Telepono

Bed
Katre

Bookcase
Aparador ti libro

Refrigerator
Pagpalamiisan
(Nebera)

Dresser
Tokador

Carpet
Alpombra

Sink
Lababo

Chair
Tugaw

Lamp
Lampara

Sofa
Sopa

Television
Telebision

Toaster
Tostaan

138

Closet
Aparador

Microwave oven
Maykroweb

Stove
Pugon (Dalikan)

Toilet
Kasilias

8. Below is a chart with rooms you would find in a typical home. Under each room, list the
furniture and furnishings (from the list above) that you would expect to find there. Some
items will be used more than once.
Kosina

Panganan/Komedor

Salas

Silid a
Pagturugan

Banio

9. Using the chart above, read and translate questions about the furniture in your rooms.
Check your work with the answer key.
1. Ania ti adda kenka idiay kosinam? Addaanak iti dalikan, maysa nga lamisaan,
ken dalikan.
2. Ania ti adda kenka idiay salasmo? Addaanak iti lamisaan, alpombra, ken sopa.
3. Ania ti adda kenka idiay banyom? Addaanak iti alababo, kasilias, ken maysa a
tuwalia
4. Ania ti adda kenka idiay garahem? Addaanak iti tugaw ken telebision
5. Ania ti adda kenka idiay silid a pagturugam? Addaanak iti kama, tugaw,
ken lamisaan

10. Listen and read along as a speaker talks about his home and then answer
questions about the passage.
Pancho ti naganko. Agnanaedak idiay Cebu a kaduak ti asawak ken dua nga annakko.
Addankam iti maysa a bassit nga dua kadsaaran nga balay. Agnanaed ti tatangko kaniami.
Addaan ti tallo a silid nga pagturugan iti balay: maysa para ti asawak ken siak; maysa para iti
dua nga annakmi nga lallaki, ken maysa para kenni tatangko. Dua a silid nga pagturugan iti
maikadua nga datar, ken maysa a silid nga pagturugan iti umuna a datar. Addaankam iti dua nga
banio. Addaankam iti dakkel nga kosina nga adda dalikan, orno, lababo ken
pagpalamiisan(nebere). Idiay kosina ket maysa a dakkel nga lamisaan nga pangananmi. Awan ti
komedormi. Ti salasmi ket adda sopa, maysa nga lamisaan, dua nga tugaw, ken maysa nga
bassit nga telebision. Iti rabii, kalpasan ti pangrabii, agbuybuyaak ti telebision ken ti pamiliak.

139

A. Sadino ti pagnanaedan ti pamilia?


B. Mano ti tattao ti agnanaed idiay balay?
C. Maysa kadi a kadsaaran wenno dua a kadsaaran iti balay?
D. Addaan ti mano nga pagturugan ken asinno ti matmaturog iti ania a pagturugan?
E. Mano a silid nga pagturugan iti adda iti umuna nga datar?
F. Addaan iti mano nga banio ti balay?
G. Sadino ti pangpangananda?
H. Ania ti ar-aramiden ti pamilia iti rabii kalpasan ti pangrabii?

140

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Listen to the speaker and circle the terms that you hear.
1.
2
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

bedroom
lamp
toilet
sofa
carpet
chair
first floor
garage

bathroom
oven
bathtub
chair
floor
dresser
second floor
basement

living room
stove
sink
bed
window
radio
one-story
roof

2. You have a guest in your home. Give them answers, in Ilokano, to the following
questions.
Where is the bathroom? (Ayanna kadi ti pagdigusan?)
Where is the kitchen? (Ayanna kadi ti kosina?)
How many bedrooms do you have? (Addaanka kadi iti mano nga silsilid a pagturugan?)
Where is the telephone? (Ayanna kadi ti telepono?)
Can I watch television? (Mabalinko kadi ti agbuya iti telebision?)
When do you eat dinner? (Kaano kadi ti panangrabiim?)
What time do you get up in the morning? (Ania kadi nga oras ti babangonmo iti bigat?)
What time do you go to work? (Ania nga oras nga sumsumrekka iti trabaho?)

141

Vocabulary List
Basement
Bathroom
Bathtub
Bed
Bedroom
Bookcase
Chair
Closet
Table
Dining room
Door
Dresser
Floor
Garage
Kitchen
Lamp
Living room
Microwave oven
One-story
Oven
Radio
Carpet
Second floor
Sink
Sofa/couch
Stove
Television
Toaster
Toilet
Two-story
Window

Sirok(ti balay)
Pagdigusan
Batis ti pagdigusan
Kama
Silid a pagturugan
Aparador ti liblibro
Tugaw
Aparador
Lamisaan
Panganan; Komedor
Ridaw
Tokador
Datar
Garahe
Kosina
Lampara
Salas
Orno nga maykroweb
Maysa nga kadsaaran
Orno
Radio
Alpombra
Maikadua nga datar
Alababo
Sopa/Papag
Dalikan/Pugon
Telebision
Tostador
Kasilias
Dua nga kadsaaran
Tawa

142

Answer Key
2.
1. Banio
2. Silid nga Pagturugan
3. Panganan
4. Ridaw
5. Datar/Basar
6. Tawa
7. Garahe
8. Salas
9. Opisina
10. Sirok
11. Inaladan
12. Kosina

E.
G.
I.
H.
J.
L.
C.
D.
K.
A.
B.
F.

Bathroom
Bedroom
Dining room
Door
Floor
Window
Garage
Living room
Office
Basement
Yard
Kitchen

3.
garage

bedroom

antenna

yard

kitchen

living room

the dining room


1. There is a/an _______________on the roof.
2. There is a __________________between the office and the bathroom.
3. There is a _________________ in front of the house.
4. There is a kitchen between __________________________.
1.
2.
3.
4.

antena
salas
Inaladan (ti ruruot)
opisina ken pagdigusan

5.
A Where is the bathroom?
A. Ayanna kadi ti banio?

6. The bathroom is next to the bedroom.


6. Ti banio ket sumaruno iti pagturugan.

B. Where is the kitchen?


B. Ayanna kadi ti kosina?

5. The kitchen is on the first floor.


5. Ti kosina ket adda iti umuna a datar.

143

C. Where is the bedroom?


C. Ayanna kadi ti silid nga pagturugan?

2. The bedroom is next to the living room.


2. Ti pagturugan ken sumaruno iti salas.

D. Do you have a dining room?


D. Addaanka kadi iti panganan?

7. No, we dont have a dining room.


7. Saan, awanankam ti panganan. .

E. Do you have a garage?


E. Addanka kadi ti garahe?

1. Yes, we have a small garage.


1. Wen, addaankami iti bassit a garahe.

F. How many bedrooms do you have?


F. Addaanka kadi ti mano a silid nga
pagturugan?

4. We have three bedrooms.


4. Addaankam iti tallo nga pagturugan.

G. Do you have a basement?


G. Addaanka kadi ti sirok?

3. Yes, we have a big basement.


3. Wen, addaankam iti dakkel a sirok.

9.
1. What do you have in your kitchen? - I have a stove, a table, and stove.
2. What do you have in your dining room? I have a table, carpet and a sofa.
3. What do you have in your bathroom? I have a sink, toilet, and a towel.
4. What so you have in your garage? I have a chair, and television.
5. What do you have in the bedroom? I have a bed, chair, and a table.
10.
My name is Pancho. I live with my wife and two children in Cebu. We have a small two-story
house. My father lives with us. The house has 3 bedrooms: one for my wife and I, one for our
two sons, and one for my father. Two bedrooms are on the second floor, and one bedroom is on
the first floor. We have two bathrooms. We have a large kitchen with a stove, oven, sink and
refrigerator. In the kitchen there is a large table where we eat. We do not have a dining room.
Our living room has a sofa, a table, two chairs, and a small television. In the evening after
dinner, my family and I watch TV.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

Where does the family live?


How many people live in the house?
Is the house one story or two story?
How many bedrooms are there, and who sleeps in which bedroom?
How many bedrooms are on the first floor?
How many bathrooms are there in the house?
Where do they eat their meals?
What does the family do in the evening after dinner?

144

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

Idiay Cebu
Uppat
Dua nga kadsaaran
Tallo nga pagturugan: Dua nga pagturugan iti maikadua nga kadsaaran; maysa nga
pagturugan iti umuna nga kadsaaran.
Maysa nga pagturugan
Dua nga banio
Kosina
Agbuya ti telebision

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
1. bathroom
2. lamp
3. sink
4. bed
5. window
6. radio
7. first floor
8. roof

Pagdigusan
Lampara
Alababo
Kama
Tawa
Radio
Umuna a datar
Atep

145

Lesson 11
Kasasaad ti Panawen ken Dagiti Pannawen
Weather and Seasons

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Vocabulary related to weather, seasons, and climate
- How to ask for and give temperatures
- How to understand the weather report
- How to discuss the weather and climate in Ilokano.

1. Listen to the weather terms as they are read aloud. Repeat the weather terms after
the speaker.

Rain
Tudo

Sun
Init

Wind
Angin

Snow
Niebe

Fog
Angep

Clouds
Ul-ulep

146

2. Match the pictures with the correct weather term. Check your answers with the answer
key.
1

Angin
Init
Tudo
Niebe

3. What do you hear? Circle the terms you hear spoken by the native speaker.
Play Audio
rain

sun

wind

snow fog

clouds

4. Familiarize yourself with the following terms related to the weather. Pause the
recording as many times as you need. Repeat after the speaker.
Temperature
Fahrenheit/Celsius
Weather
Weather forecast
Weather report
Winter
December
January
February
Spring
March
April
May
Summer
June
July
August
Fall
September
October

Kapudot
Fahrenheit/Celsius
Panawen/Tiempo
Padto ti panawen
Padamag ti panawen
Panawen ti Lam-ek
Desiembre
Enero
Pebrero
Panawen ti Panagtutubo
Marso
Abril
Mayo
Panawen ti Kalgaw
Hunio
Hulio
Agosto
Panawen ti Panagregreg
Setiembre
Oktubre
147

November
Clear
Cloudy
Overcast
Windy
Cold
Low temperature
Freezing
Below freezing
Warm
High temperature
Hot
Dry
Sunny
Rainy

Nobiembre
Nalawag
Naulep
Nalidem/Nakuyem
Naangin
Nalammi-is
Nababa nga kapudot
Agyelyelo
Nalabes nga panagyelo na/nakalamlammi-is unay
Apagisu ti kapudot
Nangato ti kapudot na
Napudot
Namaga/tikag
Nainit
Natudo/Natutudo

Grammar Notes:
(1) Usually the word tudo (rain) is used as a noun, but it is also used as the root word in
natutudo (rainy), agtudtudo (raining), or agtudo (to rain).
Examples: a) Napigsa ti tudo na ita. (The rain is strong today). Rain in this sentence is used
as a noun and as the subject of the sentence.
b) Natutudo ti siudad ti Seattle. (It is rainy in the city of Seattle.)
c) Agtudtudo ti suidad ti Seattle. (It is raining in the city of Seattle.)
d) Agtudo no bigat ti siudad ti Seattle. (It rains/will rain tomorrow in the city of
Seattle.)
(2) The words rainy (natudo/tutudo), foggy (naulep), windy (naangin), etc. are adjectives
and are formed from the root words (rain/tudo, fog/ulep, wind/angin, etc.) by adding the prefix
na. For example:
na + tudo = natudo
na + ulep = naulep
na + angin = naangi
Example: Natutudo ti panawen iti Manila no bulan ti Hunio ken bulan ti Hulio. (The weather in
Manila is rainy during the month of June and the month of July.) The word natutudo (rainy) in
this sentence is used to describe the weather in Manila.
(3) The words ti, nga, and iti are particles/markers/linkers in Ilocano. Napudot ti Manila.
(Manila is hot.) Ti Manila nga suidad ket napudot. (The City of Manila is hot.) Napudot ti
Manila iti panawen ti kalgaw. (Manila is hot in the summer.)

148

5. Listen to typical questions and responses about the weather. Repeat them after
the speaker.
How is the weather in December?
Kasano iti panawen ti Deciembre?

Its cold and snowy.


Nalammi-is ken naniebe

How is the weather in April?


Kasano iti panawen ti Abril?

Its warm and clear.


Apagisu ti pudot na ken
nalawag.

How is the weather in July?


Kasano iti panawen ti Hulio?

Its sunny and hot.


Nainit ken napudot.

How is the weather in October?


Kasano iti panawen ti Oktubre?

Its windy and rainy.


Naangin ken natudo/natutudo.

6. Read the following short dialogues on weather and match each one to a picture below.
Check your work with the answer key.
Kasano iti panawen ita nga aldaw?
Nalidem ken agtudtutudo.

Ania iti kapudot na?


Duapulo ket dua a degri Celsius. Napudot unay ken nalawag

Kasano iti panawen dita?


Agniniebe kadi ken nalabes ti
panagyelyelo na?

Nai-init kadi?
Saan, saan a naangep ken nalammi-is.

#__Naangep ken nalidem.

#__ Nalammi-is ken agyelyelo

149

#__ Nalawag ken naangin.

#__ Naniebe ken nalami-is.

7. Work with a partner. Complete the dialogues according to the models in Exercise 5 and
Exercise 6. Use the vocabulary given below. Check your work with the answer key.
Nainit
Sunny

Natudo
Rainy

Napudot
Hot

Nalammiis
Cold

Nalawag
Clear

Nalidem

Naulep
Cloudy

Apagisu ti
pudot
Warm

Namaga

Overcast

Nalabes Nga
lammiis
Below
Freezing

Naangep
Foggy

Dry

- Kasano iti panawen ti Enero?


- ____________ ken ___________.
- Kasano iti panawen ti Mayo?
- ___________ ken _____________.
- Kasano iti panawen ti Agosto?
- ____________ ken ____________.
- Kasano iti panawen ti Nobiembre?
- ____________ ken ___________.

8. Work with a partner. Put the given words in a correct order so that you can ask a
question and give an answer about the weather for different times of the year. Translate
the sentences into Ilokano. Check your work with the answer key.
1) Manila/ hot/ in/ is/ yes/ June/ it / in/ and / sunny
2) Manila/ in/ cold/ November/ is/ no/ it/ and/ sunny/ in/ no/ windy
3) March/ is/ warm/ in/ yes/ it/ in/ Manila/

150

9. Listen to the speaker. Mark the statement that you hear. Check the answer key.
1. A. Iti panawen ti Setiembre ket nalawag ken nainit.
B. Iti panawen ti Setiembre ket natutudo ken kalalaingan ti pudot na.
C. Iti panawen ti Setiembre ket naangep ken nalammi-is.
2. A. Ania ti kapudot na ita nga aldaw? Duapulo ket dua nga degri iti Celsius.
B. Ania ti kapudot na ita nga aldaw? Duapulo ket dua nga degri iti Fahrenheit.
C. Ania ti kapudot na ita nga aldaw? Duapulo ket dua nga degri.
3. A. Nalammi-s kadi ti panawen ti panagtutubo? Saan, kalalaingan ti pudot na ken nainit.
B. Agtudtudo kadi ti panawen ti panagtutubo? Saan, kalalaingan ti pudot na ken nainit.
C. Naangin kadi ti panawen ti panagtutubo? Saan, kalalaingan ti pudot na ken nainit
4. A. Ania ti padto ti panawen para kabigatan na? Naliden ken nalammi-is.
B. Ania ti padto ti panawen para kabigatan na? Naulep ken kalalaingan ti pudot na.
C. Ania ti padto ti panawen para kabigantan na? Nainit ken nalam-ek/nalammi-is
5. A. Dagiti panagkakalgaw nga panawen ket nainit ken natutudo. Dagiti panawen ti
panaglalam-ek ket nalammi-is ken naniebe.
B. Dagiti panagkakalgaw nga panawen ket nainit ken namaga. Dagiti panaglalam-ek nga
panawen ket nalammi-is ken naniebe.
C. Dagiti panagkakalgaw nga panawen ket napudot ken nainit. Dagiti panaglalam-ek
nga panawen ket nalamlammiis ken naniebe.

10. Familiarize yourself with the following terms related to weather and natural
disasters. Pause the recording as many times as you need. Repeat after the speaker.

Lightning
Kimat

Thunderstorm
Nepnep

151

Tornado
Alipugpog

Hurricane (Typhoon)
Alawig/Napigsa nga bagyo

Flood
Layos

11. What do you hear? Circle the term you hear spoken by the native speaker.
Check your answers with the answer key.
Play Audio
Lightning

Thunderstorm

Flood

Tornado

Typhoon

12. Answer the questions. Check your work with the answer key.

Nepnep kadi dayta?

Layos kadi dayta?

Saan, dayta ket _________.

Saan, dayta ket__________.

Alipugpog kadi dayta?

Alawig kadi dayta?


Saan,dayta_ket_________.

Kimat kadi dayta?

Saan, dayta ket__________________.

Saan, dayta ket ____________________.


152

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Listen to the following weather report for different cities in Manila. Fill in the
chart below with the weather and temperature for each city. Pause or replay the audio if
needed. Check your work with the answer key.

City

Weather

Temperature

1.
2.
3.
4.

2. Listen to the following weather report and answer the questions below. Check
your work with the answer key.
1. For what city is this weather report?
a. Manila
b. Batangas
c. Iloilo

2. For what date is this weather report?


a. November 15, 2003
b. November 14, 2004
c. November 15, 2004
3. What will be the high and low temperatures for the day?
a. 40-degrees Celsius and 35-degrees Celsius
b. 32-degrees Celsius and 23-degrees Celsius
c. 30-degrees Celsius and 22-degrees Celsius
153

4. Is rain expected?
a. Yes, there is rain coming.
b. No, there is no rain coming.
5. Is wind mentioned?
a. Yes there is a strong wind coming.
b. No, there is no wind coming.
3. Working in pairs or small groups, describe the pictures below. Using the vocabulary
you have learned in this lesson, compose a story to match the pictures. Include the season
of the year, the name of the month, the type of weather it seems to be, etc. See the answer
key for a sample description of each picture.

154

Vocabulary List
Weather
Weather forecast
Weather report
Rain
Sun
Wind
Snow
Fog
Lightning
Thunderstorm
Tornado
Hurricane clouds
Rainy
Sunny
Cloudy
Freezing
Clear
Temperature
Fahrenheit/Celsius
Hot
Cold
Warm
Dry
Overcast
Windy
Winter
December
January
February
Spring
March
April
May
Summer
June
July
August
Fall
September
October
November
High
Low

Panawen/Tiempo
Padto ti panawen
Padamag ti Panawen
Tudo
Init
Angin
Niebe
Angep
Kimat
Nepnep
Alipugpog
Alawig nga ul-ulep
Natutudo
Nai-init
Naulep
Agyelyelo
Nalawag
Kapudot
Fahrenheit/Celsius
Napudot
Nalami-is
Napudot
Namaga
Nalidem
Naangin
Panawen ti Lam-ek
Deciembre
Enero
Pebrero
Panawen ti Panagtutubo
Marso
Abril
Mayo
Panawen ti Kalgaw
Hunio
Hulio
Agosto
Panawen ti Panagregreg
Setiembre
Oktubre
Nobiembre
Nangato
Nababa

155

Answer Key
2.
Angin - Picture 3
Init - Picture 4
Tudo Picture 1
Niebe Picture 2
3.
rain tudo
wind angin
clouds ul-ulep
fog angep
6.
- How is the weather today?

- What is the temperature?

- It is overcast and raining.


- How is the weather there?

- It is 22 degrees Celsius. It is very warm


and clear.
- It is sunny.

- Its snowing and below freezing.

- It is foggy and cold.

Picture no.1: Naangep ken nalammi-is.


Picture no.2: Agniniebe ken nalabes ti lammi-is na.
Picture no.3: Nalidem ken agtudtudo.
Picture no. 4: Naiinit,
7.
- How is the weather in January?
- Its cold and snowy.

- Kasano kadi iti panawen ti Enero?


- Nalammi-is ken naniebe.

- How is the weather in May?


- Its foggy and rainy.

- Kasano kadi iti panawen ti Mayo.


- Naangep ken natudo.

- How is the weather in November?


- Its cloudy and overcast.

- Kasano kadi iti panawen ti Nobiembre?


- Naulep ken nalidem.

156

8.
Student 1: Napudot ken nainit kadi iti Manila iti Hunio?
Student 2: Wen, napudot ken nainit iti Manila iti Hunio.
Student 1: Nalammi-is, nainit ken naangin kadi ti siudad iti Nobiembre?
Student 2: Saan, saan nga nalammi-is, nainit,ken naangin ti siudad iti Nobiembre.
Student 1: Apagisu ti pudot na kadi ti Manila iti Marso?
Student 2: Wen, apagisu ti pudot na ti Manila iti Marso.
Student 1: Is it hot and sunny in Seattle in June?
Student 2: Yes, its hot and sunny in Seattle in June.
Student 1: Is it cold, hot and windy in the city in November?
Student 2: No, it is not cold, hot and windy in the city in November.
Student 1: Is it warm in Portland in March?
Student 2: Yes, it is warm in Portland in March.
9.
1. C
2. B
3. C
4. C
5. B

11.
Nepnep - Thunderstorm

Alipugpog - Tornado

Layos - Flood

12.
- Is it a thunderstorm?
- No, its lightning.

- Is it a flood?
- No, its a tornado.

- Is it a tornado?
- No, its a flood.

- Is it a hurricane?
- No, its lighning.

- Is it lightning?
- No, its a hurricane.

157

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
1. Manila
2. Baguio
3. Zamboanga
4. Benguet

very hot
cold
cold
warm

40 degrees Celsius
26 degrees Celsius
26 degrees Celsius
29-30 degrees Celsius

Weather Report, November 14, 2004. Good morning to all of my countrymen! I am Julius Babao
from KPYO. Its summer season again. Here, in Manila city, its very hot . Its temperature has
reached to 40 degrees Celsius. But in Baguio city its a little bit cooler. According to the weather
forecast its temperature will be 26 degrees Celsius. The southern Mindanao city of Zamboanga
will reach 26 degrees Celsius like Baguio city. Therefore, it is good to go to seashore where there
is a fresh air. It is nice to go to Benguet city too in April because the temperature is warm
reaching only to 29-30 degrees Celsius.
1. Padamag ti Panawen , Petsa katorse ti Nobiembre, Dos Mil Kuatro.
Naimbag a bigatyo amin dita kailian! Tiempo manen dagiti kalkalgaw. Ditoy siudad ti Manila,
ket kasta unay ti pudotna manen. Nakadanon ti uppat a pulo a degri iti Celsius ti kapudotna.
Ngem idiay siudad ti Baguio, nalamlami-is bassit,, ta segun ti padto ti panawen idiay ket dua a
pulo ket innem a degri ti kapudotna. Kasta met idiay agpaammianan a parte ti Pilipinas a kasla
iti siudad ti Zamboanga, makadanon ti kapudotna ti duapulo ket innem met a degri iti Celsius a
kasla iti siudad ti Baguio. Isunga ti nasayaat, mapan kayo amin idiay igid ti baybay ta napariir ti
anginna sadiay. Napintas met ti mapan ti siudad ti Benguet iti Abril, ta apagisu ti pudotna ket
makadanon laeng ti duapulo ket siyam inggana ti tallopulo a degri iti Celsius.
2.
1. Batangas
2. November 15, 2004
3. 35 and 23 degrees Celsius
4. Yes, theres expected rain coming.
5. Yes, theres expected strong wind coming.
2. Padamag ti Panawen, Petsa kinse,ti Nobiembre, Dos Mil Kuatro.
Daytoy umay nga aldaw ditoy Batangas, napudot unay pay ta ag-uppat a pulo a degri pay laeng
ti kapudotna. Ngem agbalin kano a tallopulo ket lima a degri ti kababana no rabii. Isunga
makagin-awa met laeng a dagus ti entero a siudad ti nangato a kapudotna. Iti sumaruno a
lawasna, adda kano umay a napigsa a tudo ken angin, ket naipabbblaaken nga agsagana ti entero
a siudad maipanggep daytoy a banag. Urayenyo ti sumaruno a padamag no adda ti uray ania man
a pagbaliwan na.

158

English Translation of Weather Report no. 2:


Weather Report, November 15, 2004. Its very hot here, in Batangas city. The high temperature
today is 40 degrees Celsius but it will drop to 30 degrees Celsius for tonight. Therefore, it will
be a great relief from the middays hot temperature. However, the following week, based on the
report today there will be strong rain and wind. There are already warnings for the entire city to
prepare for the coming strong rain and wind. Just wait for the following reports for any changes.
3.
Picture 1. Nalawag ken nainit unay ti bulan ti Hulio, ket ti kapudot ket siyamngapulo ket lima
nga degri Fahrenheit. Isunga idiay igid ti baybay adda maysa nga ubing nga nakausob nga awan
ti kamiseta na ta mapudutan unay ket naragsak nga agayayayam ti balay-balay nga darat uray no
maymaysa na.
It is clear and very hot in the month of July and its temperature reached to 95 degrees Fahrenheit.
Because it is too hot, the child took off his shirt while playing with white sand castles on the
beach and enjoying the day even though he is playing alone.

Picture 2. Naangep ken agawan manen ti bulbulong ti kaykayo ta panawen manen ti


panagregreg mangrugi ti bulan ti Setiembre inggana ti bulan ti Nobiembre. Natudo datoy nga
panawen ken mangrugi manen ti panagsagana ti umay nga panawen ti lam-ek.Iti kapudot na ti
kastoy nga panawen ket mabalin nga agtallongapulo nga degri Fharenheit.
It is foggy and all the leaves are disappearing from the trees at the beginning of September to
November. The temperature is about 45 degrees Fahrenheit here in Washington. It is also rainy
and beginning to prepare for winter weather.

Picture 3. Dagiti panawen ti panaglalam-ek ket bulan ti Deciembre, Enero ken Pebrero.
Makadanon ti kapudot na kadagitoy nga bulbulan mangrugi ti duangapulo ket lima nga degri
Fahrenheit ditoy Washington. Nalammi-is unay ken naniebe datoy nga panawen. Ket no adda ti
adu nga napuskol nga niebe macaluban na amin nga linia t ti kalkalsada ket narigat ti agmaneho.
The winter months are December, January and February. The temperature here in Washington is
between 20 to 25 degrees Fahrenheit. It is very cold at this time. There is a lot of snow; all the
roads and pathways outside are covered with thick snow that makes it very hard to drive.

159

Lesson 12
Langa
Personal Appearance
This lesson will introduce you to:
- Physical features (hair color, weight, height, etc.)
- Articles of clothing
- Colors
- Appropriate ways to ask about someones appearance.

1. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary.
Listen to the descriptions of peoples appearances.

Tall
Short
Heavy
Natayag Bassit/Ababa Nadagsen

Short
Ababa/Bassit

Long
Attidog

Thin
Young
Old
Nakuttong Agtutubo Nataenganen/Lumakayen

Blond
Maris a kasla ti
amarilio/balitok

160

Red
Nalabasit

Gray
Maris a kasla
ti dapo

2. Look at the pictures below and listen to the descriptions of peoples appearances.

This woman is young.


Nataengan datoy a babai .
She is tall and thin.
Natayag ken nakuttong isuna.

This man is also young.


Nataenganen metten datoy a lalaki.
He has an average height and medium frame.
Addaan ti kalkalainganna a kangato ken
kalkalainganna a pammagi.

Grammar notes:
1. Adjectives generally include a prefix, though there are a few that do not have a prefix, such as
baro (new), bassit (small), dakkel (large), etc.
a) Most adjectives use the prefix na:
natayag
nalinteg
nalag-an
napintas
nasadot

tall
straight
light (weight)
pretty
lazy

nakuttong
nadagsen
nalaka
nagarbo
nagaget

thin
heavy (weight)
cheap/easy
handsome
industrious (etc.)

b) A small group of adjectives can also serve as adverbs: these are formed from verb
roots and use the prefix ma:
mabigbig
masansan

well-known
frequent (ly)

malako

saleable, selling

c) There is a small group of adjectives that has a frozen prefix: a. This prefix
indicates measurement or distance. Note that this prefix always occurs in Ilokano
(although not in other Philippine languages).
ababa
adayo
asideg
attiddog

short
far
near
long

161

2. To say tall guy in Ilokano, you may put the adjective before or after the noun, but you must
include a particle, nga or a. Look at the example below.
natayag a lalaki (tall guy)
nadagsen a ubing (heavy child)

wenno(or)

nakuttong a babai (thin/slender woman)


nataengan a tao (old man)

lalaki a natayag (guy who is tall)


ubing a nadagsen (child who is
heavy)
babai a nakuttong (woman who is
thin/slender)
tao a nataenganen (person who is
old)

3. To compare two people or things, repeat the second syllable of the adjective, as in the
examples below:
natayag (tall)

nataytayag (taller)

nadagsen (heavy)
nakuttong (thin)

nadagdagsen (heavier)
nakutkuttong (thinner)

Nataytayag ni Pedro ngem ni Mario.


(Pedro is taller than Mario.)

Adjectives without the na prefix just repeat the first syllable:


Bassit (small)
Dakkel (big/large)

Basbassit (smaller)
Dakdakel (bigger)

Basbassit ni Mario ngem ni Pedro.


(Mario is smaller than Pedro.)

Note: ngem ni is used before a name of a person.


ngem iti/ti is used before a common noun.

4. To compare more than two people or things, place the prefix ka before the root word
of the adjective and add the suffix an at the end of the root word:
ka + tayag + an
=
Prefix + RW + suffix

katayagan

tallest

kadagsenan
kakuttungan

heaviest
most slender/thinnest

Example: Isu ti katayaganda amin nga agtutubo a lallaki iti klase.


He is the tallest boy in the class.

162

3. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary.
Listen to the speaker and repeat as you follow along in the workbook.

Hair: Blond
Brown
Red
Gray
Curly
Straight

Buok: Maris a kasla ti


balitok/amarilio
Kayumanggi
Nalabaga/Nalabasit
Maris a kasla ti dapo
Kulot
Nalinteg/unnat

This young woman has short brown hair.


Adda ti ababa a buokna a kayumanggi
daytoy a babai.

This young man also has short brown hair.


Adda met ti ababa a buokna a
kayumanggi daytoy a lalaki.

The young girl has long blond hair.


Adda ti buokna nga attiddog a kasla
maris ti balitok daytoy nga agtutubo a babai.

The old man has gray hair.


Adda ti buokna a kasla maris iti
dapo iti nataenganen a lalaki.

163

4. Look at the pictures and write descriptions of the people. Use the appropriate grammar
and vocabulary. Check your work with the answer key for some examples.
Example: The taller, young man has gray hair, and the shorter man has blond hair.
* Adda ti buokna a kasla ti maris ti dapo iti agtutubo a nataytayag a lalaki ken
adda ti buok a kasla ti maris ti amarilio iti basbassit a lalaki.

5. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary.
Listen to the speaker and repeat as you follow along in the workbook.

Ear
Lapayag

Nose
Agong

Light Skin
Napudaw a Kudil

Eye
Mata

Mouth
Ngiwat

Medium Skin
Kalkalainganna a Kudil

164

Glasses
Sarming/Antiokos

Dark Skin
Nangisit a Kudil

Beard
Barbas

6. Referring to the chart in Exercise 5, write the characteristics and adjectives used to
describe each feature.
Eyes
Asul

Hair
Kulot

Skin
Napudaw

Height
Natayag

Frame
Facial Features
Kalkalainganna Nagbukel

7. In each line of text below, cross out the term that does not logically belong. Check your
work with the answer key.
Asul

verde

nakuttong

kayumangi

Ababa/Bassit

sarming

natayag

kalkalainganna

Agong

barbas

nadagsen

mata

Maris a kasla ti balitok

maris a kasla ti dapo katayag

Nangisit

8. Read the descriptions of different peoples appearances. Answer the questions. Check
your answers with the answer key.
1. - Ania iti maris ti buok ni Maria?
- Ti maris ti buokna ket kayumanggi.
- Atiddog wenno ababa kadi iti buok ni Maria?
- Ababa.
- Kulot kadi wenno unnat/nalinteg ti buok ni Maria?
- Unnat/nalinteg.
2. - Agararamat kadi ti sarming ni Mario?
- Saan, saan a agararamat isu ti sarming.
- Ania ti maris ti matmata ni Mario?
- Asul iti matmatana.
3. - Natayag kadi ni Tomas?
- Kalkalaingan ti kangatona.
- Nadagsen kadi isuna?
- Saan, isuna ket nakuttong.
Questions:
1. How many people were described?
2. What were their names?
3. What kind of hair does Maria have?
4. Does Mario wear glasses?
5. Does Mario have brown eyes?
6. Is Tomas short and heavy?

165

9. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary on clothing and colors. Listen and
repeat after the speaker.
Black
Gray
Green
Red
Blue
Yellow
White

Nangisit
Maris a kasla ti dapo
Verde
Nalabaga/nalabasit
Asul
Amarilio/Duyaw
Puraw

Red Coat
Abrigo/Amerikana a
nalabaga

Gray Suit
Terno a kasla
maris ti dapo

Tan Pants
Kayumanggi a
pantalon

Green Jacket
Tsaketa a Verde

Brown Sweater
Kayumanggi a
Suwiter

Orange Shirt
Trubenais a kasla
maris ti dalandan

Green Skirt

Purple Dress

White Sweat Suit

Verde a pandeling

Ube/Lila a
Kawes/Bado

Puraw a terno a
pangleng-et

166

Blue Jeans
Asul a pantalon

Blue T-Shirt
Asul a kamisita

Yellow Shorts
Amarilio a
putot/sapin nga
ababa

Brown Boots

Blue Shoes

Black Hat

Kayumanggi a Botas

Asul a Sapatos

Nangisit a Kallugong

Black Socks
Nangisit a Medias

Gray Uniform
Kasla Maris ti Dapo
nga Uniporme

White Socks
Puraw a Medias

10. Match each description with the corresponding picture. Fill in the blank with the
correct letter. Note that there could be more than one match. Check your work with the
answer key.

A
Example:

Ni D ket adda badona a lila ti marisna. (D has a purple dress.)

1. Ni .ket maysa a nataenganen a babai.


2. Ni .ket adda ti buokna a maris a kasla ti balitok/amarilio.
3. Ni .ket adda buokna nga attiddog a kayumanggi.
4. Ni . ket nakakawwes ti terno a maris a kasla ti dapo.
5. Ni ket agararamat ti asul a pantalon.
6 Ni .. ket agtutubo a babae.
7. Ni . ket natayag ken nakuttong.
8. Ni .ket nakakawes ti amarilio/duyaw a bado.
9. Ni . ket nakakawes ti asul a kamisita.
10. Ni ..... .ket nadagsen.

167

11. Translate the following descriptions into English. Check your work with the answer
key.
A. Natayag ken nakuttong ni Maria. Isuna ket tallopulo ti tawenna. Adda ti buokna a kulot a
maris a kasla ti balitok, ken adda napudaw a kudilna ken verde a mata.
B. Natayag ken nadagsen ni Mario. Uppat a pulo ket lima ti tawenna. Adda ti buokna nga ababa
a kasla maris ti dapo, asul a mata, ken kudil a napudaw .
C. Adda ti nangisit nga ababa a buok iti soldado. Bassit ken nakuttong isuna.
D.Iti maysa nga agtutubo a babai ket sangapulo ti tawenna. Natayag ken nakuttong isuna.

168

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Describe the people you see in the pictures. For each person, include the approximate
age, skin tone, color and length of hair, and what he/she is wearing. See the example
below:
Kulot ti buokna nga atiddog bassit daytoy a babai. Kayumanggi ti kudilna. Nalabaga ti
kamisitana ken kalkalingan ti pammagina. Naragsak ti rupana.
This woman has curly, medium length hair. She has brown skin. She is wearing a red T-shirt
and has an average frame. She has a happy face.

169

2. Come up with a simple description for each of the people listed below. (You may
substitute any individual you wish for those listed.) Be sure to include hair color and
length, approximate height and age, eye color, and skin tone. See the answer key for other
examples.
Example:
My mother is 63 years old. She is tall and has a medium frame. She has short, gray hair and
brown eyes. She has light skin. She wears glasses.
Ni Inangko ket agtawen ti innem a pulo ket tallo. Isuna ket natayag ken addaan ti kalkalainganna
a pammagi. Addaan isuna ti ababa a buok a kasla maris ti dapo ken kayumanggi a
matmata.Napudaw ti kudilna. Agararamat isuna ti antiokos.
A. Mother
B. Father
C. Co-worker
D. President of the United States
E. Your next door neighbor
3. Work in pairs. Pretend that you and your partner are roommates and have a visitor.
Ask your roommate questions about the visitors appearance. Your partner will describe
the visitor. Describe the appearance in Ilokano. Is he/she tall or short? Heavy or thin?
What kind of hair does he/she have? What is he/she wearing? What color are the clothes?
Example: The young man is tall and has a medium frame. I like his short, curly brown hair. His
brown skin harmonizes with his black suit, black shoes, and black hat.
Iti agtutubo a lalaki ti tiendaan ket natayag ken kalkalainganna nga pammagi. Kayatko iti
ababa, kulot ken buokna a kayumanggi. Iti kudilna a kayumanggi maibagbagay iti ternona a
nangisit , sapatosna a nagisit ken kallugongna a nangisit.

170

Vocabulary List
Average
Beard
Black
Blond
Blue
Blue jeans
Boots
Brown
Color
Curly
Dark
Dress
Ears
Eyes
Face
Frame
Glasses
Gray
Green
Hair
Hat
Jacket
Large
Light
Man
Medium
Mouth
Nose
Old
Pants
Red
Shirt
Shoes
Short
Skin
Skirt
Small
Straight
Suit
Sweater
Sweats
Tall
Thin
To wear

Kalkalainganna
Barbas
Nangisit
Maris a kasla ti balitok/amarilio
Asul
Asul a pantalon
Botas
Kayumanggi
Maris/Kolor
Kulot
Nasipnget/nalidem
Kawes/Bado
Lapayag
Mata
Rupa
Pammagi
Sarming/Antiokos
Maris a kasla ti dapo
Berde
Buok
Kallugong
Tsaketa
Dakkel
Nalag-an
Lalaki
Kalkalainganna
Ngiwat
Agong
Nataengan
Pantalon
Nalabaga/Nlabasit
Kamisita
Sapatos
Bassit/Ababa
Kudil/Lalat
Pandeling
Bassit
Nalinteg/Unnat
Terno
Suwiter
Ling-et
Natayag/Nangato
Nakuttong
Agaramat

171

T-shirt
White
Woman
Yellow
Young

Kamisita
Puraw
Babai
Amarilio/Duyaw
Agtutubo

172

Answer Key
4.
Picture 1: The young man with blue shirt has a meduim frame. He has a gray colored hair.
Picture 2: The other young guy has a yellow hat and orange shirt. .He is short. Both of them have
are wearing the same color green pants.
Picture 3: The adult woman is heavy. She has a curly yellow hair. She has blue pants.
Picture 4: The other woman is also an adult. She is slender and tall. Her hair is straight and
reddish medium long. She is wearing dress and also red shoes.
1. Adda kalkalaingan a pammagina iti agtutubo a lalaki nga adda ti asul nga trubenaisna.
2. Iti maysa met nga agtutubo a bassit a lalaki , adda ti kallugongna nga amarilio ti marisna
ken maris a kasla dalandan ti trubenaisna. Agpadada ti maris ti pantalonda a dua.
3. Nadagsen ti maysa nga nataenganen a babai. Isuna ket adda kulot a buokna a kasla ti
maris ti amarilio. Adda ti pantalonna nga asul.
4. Iti maysa met nga nataenganen a babai, nakuttong ken natayag. Ti buokna ket nalabaga a
unnat/nalinteg ken kalkainganna ti kaattiddog ti buokna. Nakakawes isuna ti nalabaga ken
adda met nalabaga a sapatosna.Kalkalaingan ti pammagina.
7.
Nakuttong
Sarming
Nadagsen
Katayag
Blue

Green

Thin

Brown

Short

Glasses

Tall

Average

Nose

Beard

Heavy

Eyes

Blond

Gray

Height

Dark

8.
1. - What color is Marias hair?
- Her hair is brown.
- Is Marias hair long or short?
- Its short.
- Is Marias hair curly or staright?- Its straight.

173

2. -Does Pedro wear glasses?


-No, he doesnt wear glasses.
-What color are Pedros eyes?
-His eyes are blue.
3.

- Is Tomas tall?
- He is average height.
- Is he heavy?
- No, he is thin.

Answers to Questions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

3 people
Maria. Pedro, and Tomas
brown (kayumanggi)
No (Saan)
No (Saan)
No, hes average height and heavy.

10.
1. D
2. E
3. B
4. E
5. E
6. B
7. C
8. C
9. B
10. A
11.
A. Maria is tall and thin. She is 3o years old. She has blond curly hair, green eyes, and
fair skin.
B. Mario is tall and heavy. He is 45 years old. He has short gray hair, blue eyes,
and light skin.
C. The soldier has short dark hair. He is short and thin.
D. A young girl is 10 years old. She is tall and thin. She has long brown hair,
brown eyes, and dark skin.

174

End-of-Lesson Tasks
2. (Examples of Answers)
A. Ni Inangko ket walopulo ti tawenna. Isuna ket bassit ken adda ti kayumaggi a kudilna. adda
isuna ti attiddog a kasla maris ti dapo a buokna ken kayumanggi a matana. Saan nga agararamat
isuna ti sarming Agkawkawes ti atiddog a pandeling ken kimona.
A: My mother is 86 years old. She is small and has a brown skin. She has long, black gray hair
and brown eyes. She doesnt wear eyeglasses. She wears long skirt and kimona.
B: My father is 96 years old. He is small and has brown skin. He has very short straight gray hair
and brown eyes. He wears eyeglasses. He is good old man.
B: Ni Tatangko ket siam a pulo ti tawenna. Bassit isuna ken adda ti kayumanggi a kudilna. Adda
isuna ti buok nga ababa ken unnat a kasla ti maris ti dapo ken kayumanggi a matmatana.
Agararamat ti sarming. Nasayaat a nataengan unayen a lalaki.
C. My co-worker is 45 years old. She has white skin, blue eyes and tall. She has long red straight
hair. She wears pants and long dress and high heel shoes.
C. Iti kaduak ti tarabaho ket uppat a pulo ket lima ti tawenna. Napudaw ti kudilna, asul ti matana
ken natayag. Atiddog nga unnat a nalabbasit ti buokna. Agkawkawes ti pantalon ken atiddog a
bado ken nangato ti mukodna a sapatos.
D. The President of the Philippines is an adult woman. She is strong, rich, and intelligent. She is
50 years old and has a brown skin. She is married and came from a well known family in the
Philippines. She has a little bit curly black hair.
D. Iti Pangulo ti Pilipinas ket nataenganen a babai. Napigsa isuna, nabaknang, ken nasirib.
Agtawen isuna ti limapulo ken kayumaggi ti kudilna. Adda iti asawanan ken naggappu isuna ti
mabigbigbig a pamilia.Adda buokna isuna a nangisit a saan unay a nakulot.
E. My husband is 62 years old, He has brown skin and medium frame. He is short and with
brown eyes and black hair. He wears pants all the time, wears eyeglasses and wears
sneakers.
E. Iti asawak ket innem a pulo ket dua ti tawenna. Adda kayumanggi a kudilna ken
kalkailainganna a pammagi. Isuna ket bassit ken adda ti kayumanggi a matmatana ken nangisit a
buok. Agpanpantalon a kanayon, agararamat ti sarming ken sneaker a sapatos.

175

Lesson 13
Lugan/Pagluganan
Transportation

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Verbs of motion
- Asking questions regarding different modes of transportation
- Different types of transportation available in the Philippines.

Cultural Notes: The transportation system in the Philippines is similar to the United States. Yet
there are some noticeable differences. Most people in big cities rely on buses, passenger jeeps
(jeepneys), taxicabs, tricycles, ferry boats and mini vans as their everyday transportation.
Only a small percentage of the population in Manila can afford to buy their own cars because
cars are too expensive for ordinary families. However, some lower income workers are proud car
owners and some even hire their own personal drivers. Very few people use motorcycles for
leisure. Instead motorcycles are converted to tricycles to make money as public transportation.
Ferryboats, trains and airplanes are very accessible for commuter transport from Manila to
Mindanao, Visayan, Palawan and other faraway islands.
In villages and small towns, people still use Karomata or Karatela (horse-drawn vehicles for
four to six passengers) and tricycles (for two passengers) as their primary means of transport to
other towns and secluded areas. They could use small trucks and jeeps, but this is not very
common as many of the roads are unpaved. Some people, especially tenant farmers, still depend
on Kariton (wooden carts drawn by water buffalo, caribou, or bulls) to transport their products
within village areas, though it is not advisable to use them on public roads.

176

1. Listen and repeat the following words as you read along.

Airplane
Eroplano

Bicycle
Bisikleta

Car
Kotse

Motorcycle
Motorsiklo

Ship
Bapor

Ferry Boat
Balsa/Pagiballasiw a Bapor

Taxi
Taksi

Train
Tren

Bus
Bus

Helicopter
Helikopter

Truck
Trak

Grammar Notes:
1. Verbs such as to drive and to ride are formed by adding the prefix ag before the root
word. Examples: (a) agmaneho (to drive) Agmanehoak ti kotse a mapan ti trabaho nga inaldaw.
(I drive a car to go to work everyday.)
.
ak is the short form for the pronoun I (siak) and attached at the end of a word.
(b) aglugan (to ride) Agluganak ti kotse a mapan ti trabaho nga inaldaw.
(I ride in a car to go to work everyday.)
2. The verb to walk is translated as magna.
Examples: (a) Magnaak a mapan ti libreria. (I walk to the library.)
(b) Magmagna ni Mario a mapan ti trabahona nga tunggal Lunes ingganat Biernes.
(Mario walks to work Monday to Friday.)

177

3. In Exercise 2, I go by car is formed first by affixing ag before the word kotse. In short,
agkotse (ride/drive a car) is the same as agmaneho ti kotse/aglugan ti kotse.
Examples: Agkotseak a mapan ti konsierto intono rabii. (I will go by car to the concert tonight.)
Agbusak a mapan ti eskuelaan no bigat. (I will ride a bus to go to school tomorrow.)
Agbapor isu a mapan ti Mindanaw. (She/he takes a ship to go to Mindanao.)
isu/isuna is in the third person singular meaning he/she
Agtrenkami a mapan ti Manila no Mierkules. (We will ride a train to go to Manila on
Wednesday.)
kamimeans we.

2. Listen to the questions and answers about using different forms of transportation.
Repeat after the speaker as you read along.
How do you go to work?

I go
Mapanak

by car agkotseak a mapan


by bus agbusak a mapan
by train agtrenak a mapan
by bicycle agbisikletaak a
mapan
by boat agbaporak a mapan

Kasanoka a mapan ti trabaho?

I take/ride
the
agluganak ti

by motorcycle
agmotorsikloak
by truck agtrakak

car Agluganak ti kotse.


train Agluganak ti bus.
train Agluganak ti tren.
bicycle Agluganak ti
bisikleta.
boat Agluganak ti
bapor.
motorcycle Agluganak
ti motorsiklo.
truck Agluganak ti
trak.

Model: who + the verb of motion + mode of transportation + destination


Example: I ride a bus to school. (Agluganak ti bus a mapan ti eskuelaan).

178

I walk
Magnaak

3. Read each statement below and match it with the correct picture. Check your work
with the answer key.

A. Aglugannak ti bus a mapan ti eskuelaan kada bigat.


B. Agluglugan dagiti soldado ti buyot a trak.
C. No agtudtudo, agluglugan kami ti taksi.
D. Agkotseak a mapan ti trabaho.
E. Agluglugan ti bisikletana ti gayyemko a mapan ti trabaho.
F. Agmotmotorsiklo ti kabsatko a lalaki.
4. Make complete sentences out of the words below. Use the following model. When you
have finished, check the answer key for other examples.
Model: who + the verb of motion + mode of transportation + destination
Example: I ride a bus to school. Agluganak ti bus a mapan ti eskuelaan
I, motorcycle, my brother, to ride, to, school, bicycle, our parents, car, airport, train, concert,
library, my friend, to drive, taxi, bus, to walk
For instance, you need to go to the post office, but dont know how to get there. Ask a stranger
on the street how to get there.
- Excuse me. I want to go to the post office. How do I get there?
- Dispensarennakman kadi, kayatko ti mapan ti opisina ti koreo. Kasano ti mapan idiay?
- Bus number 14.

179

- Bus numero katorse/sangapulo ket uppat.


- Thank you.
- Pagyamanak!
Grammar Notes:
Dispensarennak man- excuse me
Dispensaren/Pagdispensaren- excuse/pardon
Ak also means me and is attached to the end of the word.
Example: Dispensarennak, kayatko ti mapan ti opisina ti koreo. Kasano kadi ti mapan idiay?
(Excuse me. I want to go to the post office. How do I get there?
Kayatko- I want
Kayat- want/like
Masapulko- I need
Ko is a possessive modifier of the subject pronoun I and is attached to the end of the word.
Kasano - how (interrogative)
Kadi- marker/indicator for asking questions
Idiay there (demonstrative pronoun/location)
Agyamanak unay kenka/Dakkel a pagyamanak kenka are expressions that mean Thank you
very much. (Usually,kenka is not necessary.)

Unay- very/much
Dakkel- literally means big/large and may be used instead of unay.
Agyamanak kenka ti dakkel or Dakkel a pagyamanak (I thank you very much, not I thank
you very big as a literal translation.)
Kenka- for you
Awan ti aniamanna- is an expression that literally translates to Its nothing but its more
popular meaning is Youre welcome.

5. Listen to the following dialogue them and repeat after the speaker.
- Excuse me. I want to go to the library. How do I get there?
- Dispensarennak kadi, kayatko ti mapan ti libraria. Kasano kadi ti mapan idiay ?
- Take bus number 14.
- Agluganka ti bus a numero uppat a pulo.
- Thanks.
- Pagyamanak.

180

- Youre welcome.
- Awan ti aniamanna.
- How do I get to the hospital?
- Kasano ti mapan idiay ospital?
- Take a taxi.
- Agtaksika.
- Thank you very much.
- Pagyamanak unay (kenka) (to you)
- Youre welcome.
- Awan ti aniamanna.
- Can you tell me how to get to the hotel from the airport?
- Di la mabalin nga ibagam no kasano ti mapan ti otel manipud ti erport?
- Take a train.
- Agtrenka.
- What number?
-Ania kadi a numero?
- Train number 22.
- Tren numero a duapulo.
- Thank you.
-Pagyamanak.
- Youre welcome.
- Awan ti aniamanna.
6. Working with a partner, make up similar exchanges. Use the words from Exercise 5
and the pictures below to choose the destination. When you have finished, check your
work with the answer key.

181

7. Now listen to the dialogues and mark the statement that you hear. Check your
answers with the answer key.
1.

A. Do you take a taxi to the concert? No, I take my car.


B. Do you take a bus to the concert? No, I take my car.
C. Do you take a train to the concert? No, I take my car.

2.

A. What bus should I take to the post office? Bus number 18.
B. What street should I take to the post office? 18th Street.
C. What exit should I take to the post office? Exit 18.

3.

A. My parents drive their cars to work, but we ride our bicycles.


B. My parents drive their cars to work, but we walk.
C. My parents drive their cars to work, but we take the train.

At the Gas Station (Iti Paggasolinaan)

8. Familiarize yourself with the following vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and
follow along in your book.
Gas
Gas station
Service station
Diesel
Car wash
Oil

Gasolina
Paggasolinaan
Pagtarimaanan
Diesel
Pagdalusan ti Kotse
Lana/langis

182

Tire/tires
Air
Water
Flat tire

Goma/Gomgoma
Angin
Danum
Naawanan/Naipessan ti angin a goma/naplatan

1 gallon = 3.785 liters


1 quart = .946 liters
1 liter = 2.1 pints
10 liters = 2.63 gallons
Note: The majority of Filipinos use liters instead of gallons for liquid units of measurement.
Liter-litro
Gallon -Galon
10 liters of gasoline- sangapulo a litro a gasolina

9. Listen to the people at a service station and find out what each needs. Circle the
English equivalents of the terms you hear. Check your answers with the Answer Key.
A.
B.
C.
D.

Air
Air
Air
Air

Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas

Diesel
Diesel
Diesel
Diesel

Tires
Tires
Tires
Tires

Oil
Oil
Oil
Oil

Car Wash
Car Wash
Car Wash
Car Wash

10. Familiarize yourself with these terms identifying infrastructure.


Road
Highway
Freeway
Local road
Railroad

Kalsada
Nalawa a dalan/kalsada or Haywey
Nawayway a dalan/kalsada or Prewey
Kalsada ti uneg ti purok/Lokal a kalsada
Dalan/kalsada ti tren

11. Match the mode of transportation with its infrastructure. Most items will have more
than one match.
Bus
Trak/Kotse
Tren
Bisikleta
Motorsiklo

Dalan /Kalsada ti Tren


Lokal a Dalan
Kalsada
Nalawa a Dalan/Kalsada
Nawaya/Nawayway a Dalan/Kalsada

183

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Tell how you would get to the following places using various modes of
transportation. Try to make your story interesting and include as many details as
you can.
2.
Example: Kayatko a punnuen ti kotsek ti gasolina ti duapulo a litro.
I want to fill up my car with 20 liters of gasoline.

2. Listen and write down the responses to the questions below in English. Check your
work with the answer key.
A.

- Awan ti gasolinak. Sadino ti paggasolinaan?

B.

Naawanan ti angin ti gomak. Adda kadi ti pangbomba ti angin?

C.

- Mano ti kada litro/galon a gasolina?

D.

- Kasano ti kaadu ti kayat mo a gasolina?

184

Vocabulary List
Air
Airplane
Bicycle
Boat
Bus
Car
Car wash
Concert
Diesel
Ferry boat
Freeway
Gallon
Gas
Helicopter
Highway
Library
Liter
Local road
Motorcycle
Oil
Railroad
Service station
School
Ship
Taxi
Tire/tires
Train
Truck
Water
Work
How do you get to work?
I drive my car.
I take a bus to go to school.
How do I get to the hospital?

Angin
Eroplano
Bisikleta
Bapor
Bus
Kotse
Pagdalusan ti Kotse
Konsierto
Diesel
Balsa/Pagiballasiw a bapor
Nawaya/Nawayway a Dalan/kalsada/prewey
Galon
Gasolina
Helikopter
Nalawa a Dalan/Kalsada/Haywey
Libraria
Litro
Dalan/Kalsada ti Uneg ti Purok/Lokal a kalsada
Motorsiklo
Lana/Langis
Dalan/Kalsada ti Tren
Pagtarimaanan
Eskuelaan
Bapor
Taksi
Goma/Gomgoma
Tren
Trak
Danum/danom
Trabaho
Kasanoka a mapan ti tarabaho?
Agmanehoak ti kotse.
Agluganak ti bus a mapan ti eskuelaan.
Kasano ti mapan iti ospital ?

185

Answer Key
3.
A. I take the bus to school every morning.
B. Soldiers ride in an army truck.
C. When its raining, we take a taxi.
D. I drive my car to go to work.
E. My friend rides his bike to work.
F. My brother rides a motorcycle
4.
1. I ride a motorcycle to go to the library.
Agluganak ti motorsiklo a mapan ti libraria.
2. My brother rides a bicycle to go to the school.
Agbisikleta ti kabsatko a lalaki a mapan ti eskuelaan.
3. My parents ride a taxi to go to the airport.
Aglugan ti taksi dagiti nagannak kaniak a mapan ti pagsangladan ti eroplano/erport.
4. My firend rides a bus to go to the concert.
Aglugan ti bus iti gayyemko a mapan ti konsierto.
5. I drive my car to the library.
Agmanehoak ti kotsek a mapan ti libraria.
6. My parents walk to go to the school.
Magna dagiti nagannak kaniak a mapan ti eskuelaan.
7. My brother rides a train to go to the airport.
Aglugan ti tren ti kabsatko a lalaki a mapan ti pagsangladan ti eroplano/erport.
6.
- Excuse me, How will I get to
Valle Concert?
- Ride on the bus no. 25.
- Thanks.
- Youre welcome.

-I need to go to the bakery? - Excuse me, Mrs, how


How will I get there?
will I get to the bus
station?
- Ride your bike or just walk. - Drive your car for 25
- Thank you very much.
minutes to 15th St.
- Youre welcome.
- Thank you.
- Youre welcome.

186

*Dispensarendak kadi, kasano kadi


ti mapan ti konsierto ti balarina?
* Aglugan ti bus a numero duapulo
ket lima.
*Pagyamanak!
*Awan ti aniamanna!.

*Masapulko ti mapan ti
panaderya. Kasano kadi
ti mapan idiay?
*Agluganka ti bisikletam
wenno magnaka laengen.
*Pagyamanak unay.
*Awan ti aniamanna.

*Despensrendak kadi,
Seniora, Kasano kadi ti
mapan ti pagurayan ken
pagsampetan ti bus?
*Agmanehoka ti duapulo
ket lima a minuto inggana
ti maikalimangapulo ket
lima a karsada.
*Pagyamanak!
*Awan ti aniamanna!

7.
1.
2.
3.

C. Do you take a train to the concert? No, I take my car.


Aglugluganka kadi ti tren a mapan ti konsierto? Saan, agluglugannak ti kotsek.
B. What street should I take to the post office? 18th Street.
Ania a kalsada iti mapan ti opisina ti koreo? Maikasangapulo ket walo a kalye.
A. My parents drive their cars to work, but we ride our bicycles.
Agmanmaneho dagiti nagannak kaniak a mapan ti trabaho, ngem
agluglugankami iti bisbisikleta.

9.
A.
B.
C.
D.

car wash - I need a car wash.


gas, oil
- I need 10 gallons of gas and 1 quart of oil.
air, tires - I need some air for my tires.
diesel
- I need diesel for my car.

End-of-Lesson Tasks
2.
A. - I have no gas. Where is the gas station?
- Two miles this way.
B. - I have a flat tire. Do you have an air pump?
-Yes, we have.
C. - How much is the gas per liter/gallon?
- $2.35 a gallon.
D. How much gas do you want?
- 5 liters/gallons.

187

Lesson 14
Biahe/Baniaga
Travel

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Vocabulary related to travel
- How to buy a train, bus, or airplane ticket
- How to understand schedules
- Border crossing and roadblock procedures.

Grammar Notes:
Primera klase a tiket First-class ticket

Segunda klase a tiket - Second-class tiket

The words Primera klase and Segunda klase are words borrowed from Spanish.
Ilokanos prefer to use them instead of the Ilokano translations umuna a klase or
maikadua a klase. First-class travel has wider seats, and a higher boarding and exiting
priority, etc. Although more expensive, most people prefer first class, especially the rich
and the famous.
Buying tickets for buses and ferryboats is usually done after all the passengers have
boarded, unlike in the United States where you buy your ticket ahead of time. That is
why every bus in the Philippines, such as the Rabbit Transit and Pantranco Transit,
has its own assistant or conductor to collect fares and issue tickets while the bus driver
just does the driving.

188

1. Listen to the following dialogue about buying a ticket at a train station, and
read along in the workbook.

Soldier:

Dispensarennak man kadi a, seniora.


Excuse me, maam.
Ania kad ti maitulongko ?

* kad is a short form of kadi, and


indicates a question

Ticket Seller: How can I help you?

Soldier:

Masapulko ti gumatang ti tiket a mapan iti siudad ti Manila.


I need to buy a ticket to go to Manila.

Ania kad nga aldaw ti papanawmo?


Ticket Seller: Departing on what day?

Soldier:

Ita nga aldaw


Today.

Agpapan laeng wenno agpapan -agawid?


Ticket Seller: One-way only or roundtrip?

Soldier:

Agpapan -agawid.
Roundtrip.

Primera klase wenno segunda klase?


Ticket Seller: First class or second class?

Soldier:

Segunda klase laeng.


Just second class

Ania kad nga aldaw ti panagsublim?


Ticket Seller: Returning on what day?

Soldier:

Biernes
Friday

Bigat, malem, wenno rabii kadi?


Ticket Seller: Morning, afternoon, or evening?

189

Soldier:

Malem
Afternoon

Ti bayadmo man ngarud a duapulo ket dua a doliares. Iti sumaruno a


tren ket pumanaw iti maysa nga oras idiay plataporma numero lima.
Ticket Seller: The fare is twenty-two dollars, please. The next train leaves in one hour
from platform number 5.

Soldier:

Agyamanak. Ania kad ti numero iti tren?


Thank you. What is the train number?

Pitupulo ket innem.


Ticket Seller: 76

Soldier:

Napardas kadi datoy a tren?


Is this an express train?

Wen a, napardas datoy a tren.


Ticket Seller: Yes, this is an express train.
Grammar Notes:
Infinitive Forms:

Present Forms:

Past Forms:

to board- lumugan
to depart- pumanaw
to arrive- sumangpet
to leave- pumanaw/lumuwas
to come- umay
to come back/return- agsubli

lumuglugan
pumanpanaw
sumangsangpet
lumlumwas
um-umay
agsubsubli

limmugan
pimmanaw
simmangpet
limmuas
immay
nagsubli

Must and should are helping verbs and are usually followed by a main verb. These
helping verbs are both translated as masapul.
Need is also translated as masapul but is usually followed by an infinitive or a noun.
Examples: Masapulko ti aglugan ti eroplano a mapan idiay Pilipinas
(I must /should ride an airplane to go to the Philippines.) Main verb
Masapulko ti aglugan ti eroplano a mapan idiay Pilipinas.
(I need to ride an airplane to go the Philippines.) Infinitive
Masapulko ti eroplano nga lugan a mapan idiay Pilipinas.
(I need an airplane ride to go the Philippines.) Noun
Masapulna she/he must/should/need
Masapulmi- we must/should/need
Masapulda-they must/should/need

190

2. Read the dialogue with a partner. Take turns being the Ticket Seller and Soldier.
3. Role-play the dialogue. You can substitute the name of a city where you need to
buy a ticket to, the time and day of arriving and departing, and the price of the
ticket.
Grammar Notes:
To form the future tense of a majority of Ilokano verbs, attach to (future indicator) at
the end of the word.
(Infinitive Form)
Examples: aglugan- to ride
lumugan-to board
pumanaw- to leave/depart
sumangpet- to arrive

(Future Form)
agluganto- will/shall ride
lumuganto- will/shall board
pumanawto- will/shall leave/depart
sumangpetto- will/shall arrive

Time measurements, such as tomorrow (no bigat), tomorrow afternoon (no ti bigat ti
malem), etc., may follow the verb.
Sentences: Agluganto no bigat iti eroplano ni Pedro. (Pedro will ride an airplane
tomorrow.)
Lumuganakto no bigat iti eroplano. (I will board the airplane tomorrow.)
Pumanawto ti bus a masapa no malem. (The bus will leave early in the
afternoon.)
Sumangpetto intuno rabii ti tren. (The train will arrive tonight.)

4. Listen to the following statements and read along in the workbook.


Attention, passengers! The next express train to Manila will depart from platform 10 in
15 minutes.
Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Pumanawto ti sumarsaruno a napardas a tren ti
para Manila idiay plataporma a sangapulo iti kinse a minutos.
Attention, passengers! The next local train will arrive at platform 10 in five minutes.
Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Sumangpetto iti sumarsaruno a lokal a tren idiay
plataporma a sangapulo iti singko a minutos.
Attention, passengers! Flight number 92 from Sydney will be one hour late. Just look at
the schedule for updates.
Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Mataktak ti maysa nga oras ti Flight 92 (nobentay
dos) nga aggappu ti Sydney. Basta kitaenyo laeng iti baro a eskediul/pagilanadan ti
oras.
*laeng- just/only

191

Attention, passengers! The bus from Manila will arrive at terminal three in 10 minutes.
Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Sumangpetto ti bus nga aggappu ti Manila idiay
terminal tres iti dies a minuto.*
5. Match each picture with the correct Ilokano term by writing the term below the
correct picture.
Picture no. 1

Picture no. 2

Picture no. 4

Picture no. 5

Picture no. 7

Picture no. 3

Picture no. 6

Picture no. 8

Dagiti paspasahero
Malmaleta/Karkarga/Aw-awit
Plataporma
Eskediul/pagilanadan ti oras
Tiket
Pagpalistaan
Pagurayan
Ruangan
192

Grammar Notes: As a reminder, must, need and should all can be translated as
masapul.
Examples:
a. Masapul nga adda ti pasaportek a mapan idiay Pilipinas. (I must/should have a passport
to go to the Philippines.)
b. Masapul unay nga adda ti pasaportek a mapan idiay Pilipinas. (Literally: I need very
much to have a passport to go the Philippines.)

6. Listen to the following statements and read along in the workbook.


You must have a ticket to board the train.
Masapul nga adda iti tiketmo a lumugan ti tren.
You must have a ticket to board the airplane.
Masapul nga adda iti tiketmo a lumugan ti eroplano
Passengers for flight number 25 must go to gate 14.
Masapul a mapan iti ruangan katorse dagiti paspasahero a para Flight numero bainte
singko.
You must pay for your ticket.
Masapul a bayadam ti tiketmo.
Passengers have to wait in the waiting area.
Masapul nga aguray dagiti paspasahero idiay pagurayan .
You have to wait for your luggage at the baggage claim area.
Masapul nga urayem ti karkargam idiay pagtontonan ti karkarga

7. Fill in the blanks with the correct term from the list below. Check your answers
with the answer key.
Atension
Pagtontonan ti karkarga
Napardas
Primera Klase
Plataporma
Eskediul/Pagilanadan ti oras
Segunda Klase
Paggatangan ti Tiket (tawa-window)
Ruangan

193

A. Mapanka ti ____________nga gumatang ti tiktiket.


B. Mabalin nga alaem ti kargam idiay____________________.
C. ______________________! Masapul nga adda ti tiket ti amin nga paspasahero para
lumugan ti bus.
D. Kitaem ti __________________ para maammuam no kaano a pumanaw ti panagtayabmo
(flight-panagtayab).
E. Ti________________a tren ket napardas ta saan nga adsarsardeng kadagiti loklokal.
F. Sumangpet ti tunggal a tren iti saba-sabali a____________________.
G. Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Pumanawen ti Flight no.725 (numero siete-dos- singko)
idiay ____________A1.
8. For each question below, there is a corresponding answer. Match them by
writing the letter of each question on the blank line in front of the appropriate
answer. Check your answers with the answer key.
A. Sadino kad ti paggatangak ti lokal a tiket a para tren?
B. Kaano kad iti sumaruno a bus a para Dagupan, Pangasinan?
C. Mano kad ti tiket a primera klase a para Dagupan, Pangasinan ?
D. Kayatmo kad ti tugaw nga adda ti tawana?
E. Ania kad nga plataporma ti pagsangpetan ti napardas a tren nga aggappu ti Dagupan,
Pangasinan ?
1. ______ Wen,a, no mabalin..
2. ______ Pumanaw ti sumaruno a bus a para suidad ti uneg ti bainte minutos..
3. ______ Idiay paggatangan ti tiket nga sumaruno ti plataporma uno.
4. ______ Sumangpetto dayta nga tren idiay plataporma disisais iti dies minutos.
5. ______ Sesentay kuatro a doliares.
9. Role-play the short dialogues from Exercise 8. Change the cities and numbers.

10. What do you hear? Listen to the speaker and determine which statement
is spoken. Check your work with the answer key.
1. A. You must have a ticket to board the bus.
B. You must have a ticket to board the ferry.
2. A. The next express train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes.
B. The next local train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes.

194

At border crossings and roadblocks


Idiay pagpatinggaan dagiti krosing ken dagiti kalsada a nasirsirran

11. Listen to these new words and phrases.


Border
Customs
Checkpoint
Roadblock
Passport
Drivers license
Documents
Papers
ID card
Show me
Give me
Search
Inspect/inspection
Trunk (of a car)
Proceed
Rental (car)
Citizen

Pagpatinggaan
Aduana
Pagsukisukan a lugar
Nasirraan a kalsada
Pasaporte
Lisensia ti agmaneho
Dagiti kaskasuratan/dokdokumento
Pappapeles
Tarheta Identipikasion
Ipakitam kaniak
Itedmo kaniak
Sukisoken
Usisa/Sukimat Panagusisa/Panagsukimat
Baul (ti kotse)
Ipatuloy
Paupaan(kotse)
Umili

12. At roadblocks and border crossings, officials usually ask questions about driver
identification and vehicle documents. Try to match up the Ilokano border crossing
requests and questions with their English equivalents. Check the answer key.
- Ipakitam kaniak dagiti pappapelesmo ti kotse.

- Give me your drivers license.

- Itedmo kaniak ti pasaportem

- Do you have an ID card?

- Tagaanoka kadi?

- Why do you need to go there?

- Apay kadi ta masapulmo ti mapan idiay ?

- Show me your car papers.

- Itedmo kaniak ti lisensiam ti panagmaneho,

- Give me your passport.

- Adda kadi ti tarheta ti Identipikasyonmo?

- Where are you from?

195

13. Listen to and read the following dialogue at a border crossing and then
answer the questions below. Try to guess the meaning of unknown words from the
context. Check your work with the answer key.
Customs Official (CO): Ited mo kaniak ti pasaportem ken lisensiam ti panagmaeho.
Car Driver (CD):

Ok.

CO:

Umilika kadi iti Estados Unidos?

CD:

Wen.

CO:

Adda kadi pappapelesmo a para daytoy a kotse?

CD:

Wen. Paupaan a kotse daytoy.

CO:

Sadinno kadi ti papanam?

CD:

Idiay Dagupan, Pangasinan.

CO:

Kasano kadi ti kabayagmo sadiay?

CD:

Sangapulo nga aladaw.

CO:

Ania kadi ti aramidem idiay ?

CD:

Bisitaek ti pamiliak.

CO:

Pakilukatmo man ti baul ti kotse?

CD:

Ok.

CO:

Ok. Agyamanak. Mabalinmon ti agtuloy.

Did you understand the words baul (trunk) and panagusisa (inspection)?
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.

Where is the driver from?


Does the driver own the vehicle he is driving?
Where is the driver going?
Why is he going there?
How long will he be there?
What does the guard ask the driver to do at the end?
Why?

14. Work with a partner. Take turns role-playing the Customs Official and the Car
Driver.

196

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the answer
key.
A. Masapulko ti gumatang iti tiket nga agpapan -agawid nga para New York,
mabalin kadi.
Pumanawak no dose ti Nobiembre ken agsubliak ti a tres ti Disiembre.
Kayatko ti tugaw nga aadda ti tawana.
B. Napardas kadi datoy a tren?
C. Ania nga plataporma iti bus a pumanaw para Beijing?
D. Pumanawen ti tren numero trentay kuatro idiay plataporma tres ti uneg ti singko
a minuto.
2. Complete the dialogues. Check your work with the answer key.
A. - Data nga dalan kad ti paggatangan ti tiket?
-____________________________________
B. - Datoy kadi ti lugar a pagtontonan ti karkarga?
- ____________________________________
B. - Ammom kadi no sadinno ti pagurayan ?
- ____________________________________
C. - Sadinno kadi ti ruangan nga numero kinse?
- _____________________________________
3. Work with a partner or in a small group. Look at the pictures and come up with
a story. Do you think these people are arriving or departing? Do you think they
are on time? Is their flight late? Mention their names, age, profession, what they
are wearing, and where and why they need to fly or where they are arriving from.
Also, tell how they got to the airport (by car, by bus, by train).

197

Vocabulary List
Arriving/Arrivals
Attention
Baggage
Border
Bus station
Checked
Checkpoint
Citizen
Customs
Delay/ed
Departing/Departures
Documents
Drivers license
Express
First class
Flight
Fly
Give me
ID card
Inspect
Inspection
Inspector
Late
One-way
On-time
Papers
Passenger
Passport
Platform
Proceed
Rental car
Roadblock
Roundtrip
Schedule
Second class
Show me
Terminal
Ticket
Ticket window
To board
To leave
To return/come back
Train station

Sumangsangpet/ Agsasangpet
Atension
Karkarga/malmaleta
Pagpatinggan
Pagurayan ti bus
Na-itsek/nasukisok
Lugar a pagsukisukan
Umili
Aduana
Taktak/nataktak
Pumanpanaw/Panagpapanaw
Kaskasuratan/dokdokumento
Lisensia ti agmaneho
Napardas
Primera klase
Panagtayab
Agtayab/tumayab
Itedmo kaniak
Identipikasion a tarheta
Usisain/Sukimaten
Panagusisa/Panagsukimat
Mangusisa/Mangsukimat
Taktak
Maysa nga agpapan
Adda ti oras
Pappapapeles
Pasahero
Pasaporte
Plataporma
Ipatuloy
Paupaan a kotse
Nasirraan a kalsada
Agpapan -Agawid
Eskediul/Pagilanadan ti oras
Segunda klase
Ipakitam kaniak
Terminal
Tiket
Paggatangan ti tiket a tawa
Lumugan
Pumanaw/Lumuwas
Agsubli
Pagurayan ti Tren

198

Trunk (of a car)


Update
Waiting area
Window seat

Baul (ti kotse)


Baro a eskediul/maararamid
Pagurayan
Tugaw nga adda ti tawana

199

Answer Key
5.
Picture 1: Eskediul/Pagilanadan ti Oras (schedule)
Picture 2: Pagpalistaan (Check-in counter)
Picture 3: Ruangan (Gate)
Picture 4: Tiket (Ticket)
Picture 5: Paspasahero (Passengers)
Picture 6: Malmaleta/Karkarga (Luggage/baggage)
Picture 7: Plataporma (Platform)
Picture 8: Pagurayan (Wating area)
7.
Attention
Baggage claim area
Express
First class
Platform
Schedule
Second class
Ticket window
Gate
A. Go to the ticket window (tawa a paggatangan ti tiket) to buy the tickets.
B.You can get your baggage at the baggage claim area.( lugar a pagtontonan kadagiti
karkarga)
C. Attention!(Atension) All passengers must have a ticket to board the bus.
D. Check the schedule (eskediul/pagilanadan ti oras) to find out when your flight
departs.
E. The express train (napardas) is fast because it does not make local stops.
F. Each train arrives at a different platform. (plataporma)
G. Attention, passengers! Flight #725 is departing from Gate (Ruangan) A17.

200

8.
A. Where can I buy a local train ticket?
B. When is the next bus to Dagupan, Pangasinan?
C. How much is a first class ticket to Dagupan, Pangasinan.
D. Do you want a window seat?
E. From which platform is the express train from Dagupan, Pangasinan arriving?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

D
B
A
E
C

Yes, if its possible.


The next bus to City departs in 20 minutes.
At the ticket window next to platform one.
That train will arrive at platform 16 in ten minutes.
It is 64 dollars

10.
1. B. You must have a ticket to board the ferry.
B. Masapul nga adda ti tiketmo a lumugan ti pagiballasiw a bapor.
2. A. The next express train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes.
Pumanawto ti sumaruno a lokal a tren idiay plataporma kinse iti dies a
minuto.
12.
- Ipakitam kaniak dagiti pappapelesmo ti kotse.
- Itedmo kaniak ti pasaportem
- Tagaanoka kadi?
- Apay kadi ta masapulmo ti mapan idiay ?
- Itedmo kaniak ti lisensiam ti panagmaneho,
- Adda kadi ti tarheta ti Identipikasyonmo?

- Show me your car papers.


- Give me your passport.
- Where are you from?
- Why do you need to go there?
- Give me your drivers license.
- Do you have an ID card?

13.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.

Taga Estados Unidos. (From the United States)


Saan. (No)
Dapupan, Pangasinan.
Para bumisita ti pamilyana. (to visit his family)
Sangapulo nga aladaw. (ten days)
Lukatan ti baul. (open the trunk)
Ta masapul ti panagusisa/panagsukimat. (to be inspected)

201

Customs Official:
Car Driver:
CO:
CD:
CO:
CD:
CO:
CD:
CO:
CD:
CO:
CD:
CO:
CD:
CO:

Give me your passport and drivers license.


OK.
Are you a U.S. citizen?
Yes.
Do you have papers for this car?
Yes. It is a rental car.
Where are you going?
Dagupan, Pangasinan.
How long will you be there?
Ten days.
What will you do there?
I will visit my family.
Please open the trunk. We need to do an inspection.
OK.
OK, thank you. You may proceed.

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
A. I need to buy a roundtrip ticket to New York, please.
I leave on November 12 and return on December 3.
I want a window seat.
B. Is this an express train?
C. What platform does the bus to Beijing leave from?
D. Train 34 is departing from platform three in five minutes.
2.
Examples of the answers.
A. - Is the ticket window that way?
- Yes, next to platform 10.(Wen, sumaruno ti plataporma sangapulo.)
B. - Is this the baggage claim area?
- No, still over there.(Saan, idiay pay laeng.)
C. - Do you know where the waiting area is?
- No, I dont know. (Saan, saanko nga ammo.)
D. - Where is gate number 15?
- At the end, besides the womensbathroom. (Idiay pungtona,kaabay iti kasilias ti
babbai).

202

Lesson 15
Idiay Eskuelaan
At School

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Vocabulary related to classroom activities and being a student
- The education system in the Philippines.

Cultural Notes:
Education is highly valued in the Philippines. Young children can attend kindergarten at age
five and preschool before that. Nearly all children begin six years of elementary school at age six
or seven. A few schools have a seventh year of elementary education. Seventy percent of
children go on to high school. One year of military training is included in the high school
curriculum. High school graduation is at age 16 or 17. The school year is from June to March.
Many students go on to college or vocational training. Regular college courses usually take
four to five years to finish. There is no compulsory education. Only those who want to and can
afford it can obtain secondary education at colleges or private schools. There are no government
student financial aid programs. However, schools may award scholarships to students with
exceptional academic records.
There are established curricula for every school and college. Some of the subjects are:
Reading, Arithmetic/Mathematics, General Science, Philippine History, World History, Biology,
English, etc. Below is an overview of the education system in the Philippines:
Schools
Elementary 33, 697
Secondary 5, 388
University
1, 178
GNP for Education:

Teachers
292, 692
101, 002
33, 935
1.7%

Students
Student per Teacher Ratio
9, 204, 168
31
3, 420, 921
34
1, 127, 960
33
Literacy Rate:
89%

203

1. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and read the
following text under each of the pictures.

A student writes on the


blackboard with chalk.

A student raises her hand


to ask a question.

Agsursurat ti estudiante ti tisa


iti pisarra

Agitaytayag ti estudiante ti
imana para agsaludsod.

A teacher teaches students


math.
Agisursuro ti maestro iti
matimatika kadagiti esestudiante.

Students study chemistry in


middle school.
Agad-adal dagiti estudiante
iti kimika ti maikatengnga a
grado ti eskuelaan .

First grade students read a


textbook.

Students will study art in


this class.

Agbasbasa dagiti umuna a


grado nga estudiante ti libro.

Agadalto dagiti estudiante iti


Arte ditoy a klase.

There is a book, a
notebook, and a calculator.

There is a desk and a chair


in the classroom.
Adda iti lamisaan a
pagsuratan ken tugaw iti silid
ti klase.

Students write with pens


and pencils.

Adda ti libro, kuaderno, ken


pagkuentaan/kalkulitor.

204

Agsursurat dagiti estudiante


iti plumpluma ken laplapis.

2. Work with a partner. Look around the classroom. Name the items you see. Check
your work with the answer key.
Class
Desk
Chair
Blackboard
Chalk
Pen
Pencil
Notebook
Computer
Printer
Keyboard
Monitor
Teacher
Student

Klase
Lamisaan a pagsuratan
Tugaw
Pisarra
Tisa
Pluma
Lapis
Kuaderno
Kompioter
Pagiprintaan/Pagimalditan
Pagmakenilyaan
Monitor
Maestro/maestra
Estudiante

3. Working with a partner, name the items you bring with you to class and the items found
in your classroom.

Kompioter

Pisarra

Libro

Kalkulitor/Pagkuentaan

205

Mapa ti sangkalubungan

Teyp

4. Listen to the dialogue while you read along in the workbook. Underline the new
vocabulary.
What is your name?
Ania ti naganmo?

My name is Manuel
Manuel ti naganko..

How old are you?


Mano ti tawenmo?

I am 16 years old.
Agtawennak ti sangapulo ket innem.

What grade are you in?


Ania kadi ti gradom?

I am in 10th grade.
Addaak ti maikasangapulo a grado.

What subjects do you study?


Ania kadi ti ad-adalem nga susuheto?

Math, biology, music, literature, and history.


Matimatika, Biolohia, Musika, Literatura, ken
Historia.

What is your favorite subject?


Ania kadi ti paboritom a suheto?

My favorite subject is biology.


Ti paboritok a suheto ket Biolohia.

Are you a good student?


Nalaingka kadi nga estudiante?

Yes, Im a good student.


Wen a, nalaingak nga estudiante.

What will you do after school?


Ania ti aramidemto kalpasan iti
doktor.
eskuela?

I will go to the college; I want to be a doctor.


Mapanakto ti kolehio; kayatko ti agbalin a

What do you like to do after school?


After school, I like to listen to music.
Ania ti kayatmo nga aramiden kalpasan Kalpasan ti eskuela , kayatko ti agdinggeg ti
ti eskuela.
musika.

5. Read the list of new words you should have underlined in Exercise 4. Check your
pronunciation with the answer key.
name
year
grade
study
subjects
favorite
good
listen
After
To be come

nagan
tawen
grado
adal
susuheto
paborito
nalaing
agdinggeg
kalpasan
agbalin

206

Study the model: who + the form of to like + infinitive.


Examples: Sam likes to study math.
Kayat ni Sam ti agadal ti matimatik.
Peter likes to listen to music after school.
Kayat ni Peter ti agdengngeg ti musika kalpasan ti eskuel.
Sandra likes to read in the evenings.
Kayat ni Sandra ti agbasa iti sarsardam.
We like to speak Ilokano in our class.
Kayatmi ti agsao ti Ilokano idiayklasemi.
Grammar Notes:
1. Interrogative who is translated to sinno, and is used in asking a person and is usually
followed by kadi or kad (short form of kadi) as interrogative indicator.
Example: Sinno kadi ti maestrom ti Ingles? (Who is your teacher in English?)
2. to like is kayaten. It is formed by a suffix en. Kayat (rw)+en = kayaten
Examples:
(a) Kayat ni Manuel ti agadal ti kinaabogasia no malpasna ti nangato a grado ti
eskuelaan.
Manuel would like to become an attorney after finishing high school.
(b) Kayatko ti agadal ti kinadoktor idi agtawenak pay ti duapulo.
I like to study to become doctor when I was still 20 years old.
(c)Kayatda ti agbuya ti ay-ayam nga baskitbol inton malem ti Sabado..
They like to watch basketball game on Saturday afternoon.
(d) Kayatmi ti agsau ti Ilokano iday klasemi.
We like to speak Ilokano in our class.
(e) Kayatna ti agbalin a sientipiko no malpasna ti nangato a grado a eskuelaan.
He/She would like to become a scientist after high school.
6. Work with a partner. Come up with a dialogue similar to the one in Exercise 4. List
your favorite subjects, say how good you think you are at each of them, tell what profession
you are going to choose, and say what you like to do after school.

207

7. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker as you go over
the dialogue.
A. Listen to the recording and take notes.
Dumngegka ti rekording ken aginotaka.
B. Put your pencils down.
Ibaba ti laplapisyo.
C. Write your answer on the blackboard.
Isurat ti sungbatmo idiay pisarra.
D. Open your textbooks.
Lukatan ti liblibroyo.
E. Raise your hand if you have a question.
Itayag ti imam no adda ti saludsodem.
F. Write down your homework, please.
Pangnga-asiyuman, nga isuratyo ti adalen a para balay.
8. Play the role of a teacher. Have the students follow your directions. Use the expressions
from Exercise 7.

9. Listen to the following questions and mark the answers that you hear. Check your
answers with the answer key.
1. What do you do at school?
A. I read the textbooks at school.
B. I write letters and numbers in Ilokano.
C. I study many subjects.
2. What grade are you in?
A. I am in 5th grade.
B. I am in 6th grade.
C. I am in 8th grade.
3. What subjects are you studying?
A. Math, Ilokano, science, geography, and English.
B. Math, history, science, geography, and English.
C. Math, chemistry, science, geography, and English.
4. What is your favorite subject?
A. English
B. Geography
C. Science

208

5. Are you a good student?


A. Im very good at English, but Im bad at math.
B. Im very good at geography, but Im bad at math.
C. Im very good at chemistry, but Im bad at math.
10. Working with a partner, come up with similar dialogues using expressions from
Exercise 9.
11. Working in small groups, describe the following pictures. Come up with ages for the
students and the teacher, their names, the subjects they study/teach, what theyre doing
right now, what they are wearing, if they seem to like their class and their teacher, etc.

12. Listen to and read the following text about the students schedule, and then
answer the questions below. The new word busy is introduced in the text. Try to guess
this and other new words from the context.
Iti naganko ket Manuel Garcia. Estudianteak ti Unibersidad ti Pilipinas Agadadalak ti
Ingles.Kayatko ti agbalin a mangitartaros (interpreter). Adu unay/masingangar ti eskediulko. No
Lunes, Martes ken Biernes, mapanak ti eskuelaan ti alas otso. Kalpasan ti eskuela ti alas kuatro,
mapanak agtrabaho iti restauran a kas weyter.Kalpasan ti trabaho ti alas dies ti rabii, agawawidak. No Martes ken Huebes ,mapanak ti eskuelaan ti alas dies ti bigat.Kalpasan ti eskuela ti
alas dose, mapanak iti libraria. Agtrabahoak idiay libraria ti malem a tallo nga oras. Ar-aramidek
ti adalen a para balay iti tunggal kamaudi ti lawasna.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

What is the students name?


Where does he/she go to school?
What does he/she study?
What is his/her schedule on Monday, Wednesday and Friday?
What is his/her schedule on Tuesday and Thursday?
Does the student have a job?
When does the student do homework?
What does the student want to do after finishing school?

209

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Go over the text from Exercise 12 again. Tell the class about your schedule. Use the
questions after the text as an outline for your story.
2. Look at the pictures and describe what you see. Include the approximate grade the
students are in, the subjects they are studying, what the teacher is doing, what the students
and teachers are wearing, etc.

210

3. Read the following texts and find the errors in the English translations. Make
corrections so that the translation is accurate. Check your work with the answer key.
1. A. Iti naganko ket Susana Rodriguez. Taga Manilaak ngem agnanaedak ita idiay suidad ti
Quezon. Maika-nnemak a grado. Adu ti gagayemko. Kayatko ti musika, matimatika ken
baskitbol.
B. My name is Susana Rodriguez. Im from Manila, but now I live in Quezon. Im in fifth
grade. I have many friends. I like music, reading, and basketball.
2. A. Iti naganko ket Fernando Cuenco. Taga siudadak ti Bulacan, ngem agnanaedak ti siudad ti
Quezon. Kayatko ti matimatika ken siensia a klasklase.
B. My name is Fernando Cuenco. Im from Bulacan, but I live in Zamboanga
I like math and geography.
3. A. Iti naganko ket Normita Oria. Naiyanakak idi trese ti Abril, mil nuebe sientos otsentay
nuebe. Maikawaloak a grado. Kayatko ti klase a musika ken agretretrato/potograpia.
Kayatko ti agbalin a doktor wenno retratista.
B. My name is Normita Oria. I was born on April 13, 1989. Im in 9th grade.
I like music class, art, and photography. I want to be an artist, a doctor, or a
photographer.

211

Vocabulary List
Art
Basketball
Biology
Blackboard
Busy
Chair
Chalk
Chemistry
Class
College/University
Computer
Desk
Elementary School
English
Grade
High School
History
Homework
Literature
Math
Middle School
Music
Notebook
Pen
Pencil
Photography
Reading
Student
Subject(s)
Tape recorder
Teacher
To like
To read
To study
To write

Arte
Baskitbol
Biolohia
Pisarra
Adu unay ti ar-aramiden/masingangar
Tugaw
Tisa
Kimika
Klase
Kolehio/Unibersidad
Kompioter
Lamisaan a pagsuratan
Elementaria nga eskuelaan
Ingles
Grado
Nangato (a grado ) nga eskuelaan
Historia
Adalen a para balay
Literatura
Matimatika
Mai-katengnga ( grado) ti eskuelaan
Musika
Kuaderno
Pluma
Lapis
Potograpia
Agbasbasa
Estudiante
Suheto/susuheto
Teyp rekorder
Maestro/ra
Kayaten
Agbasa
Agadal
Agsurat

212

Answer Key
9.
1. Ania ti araramidem idiay eskuelaan? What do you do at school?
C. Agadalak ti adu nga susuheto. I study many subjects.
2. Ania kadi ti gradom? What grade are you in?
B. Maika-innemak a grado. I am in 6th grade.
3. Ania kadi dagiti susuheto nga adadalem? What subjects are you studying?
A. Matimatika, Ilokano, Historia, Siensia, Heograpika, ken Ingles. Math, Ilokano, science,
geography, and English.
4. Ania kadi ti paboritom a suheto? What is your favorite subject?
C. Siensia
5. Nalaingka kadi nga estudiante? Are you a good student?
C. Nalaingak ti Kimika, ngem nakapuyak ti Matimatika. Im very good at chemistry, but Im
bad at math.
12.
My name is Manuel Garcia. I am a student at University of the Philippines. I study English. I
want to be an interpreter. I have a busy schedule. On Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, I go to
school at 8:00. After school, at 4:00 p.m., I go to work. I work at a restaurant as a
waiter/waitress. After work, at 10 p.m., I go home. On Tuesday and Thursday, I go to class at
10 a.m. After school, at 12:00, I go to the library. I work at the library three hours in the
afternoon. I do my homework on every weekend.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

Manuel Garcia
University of the Philippines
English
to go to school at 8:00
to go to school at 10:00 PM
Yes
Weekends
Interpreter

End-of-Lesson Tasks
3.
1. A. My name is Susana Rodriguez. Im from Manila, but now I live in Quezon. Im in
6th grade. I have many friends. I like music, math, and basketball.

213

2. A. My name is Fernando Cuenco. Im from Bulacan but I live in Zamboanga. I like


math and science classes.
3. A. My name is Normita Oria. I was born on April 13, 1989. Im in 9th grade.
I like music, art, class and photography. I want to be an artist, a doctor or a
photographer.

214

Lesson 16
Paglinglingayan Pagliwliwaan
Recreation and Leisure

This lesson will introduces you to:


- Vocabulary related to recreational and leisure activities
- Ways to discuss hobbies in Ilokano.
1. Read the sentences with the new vocabulary and try to guess the meaning of new words.

Agsalsala iti lalaki ken babai.


Gusgustoda unay nga aramiden ti
kastoy.

Propesional isuna a musikera.


Agpipiano ti pianista idiay
konsierto.

Mangretretrato datoy a
lalaki. Retratista isuna.

.Datoy ni Andrew. Gusgustona unay


ti saker nga aramiden.

Agis-iskey ti lalaki idiay


banbantay. Gusgustona unay
nga aramiden ti agis-iskey,

Agtartaray kada malem


ni Sandy a gayyemko
kalpasan ti eskuelana.

Kaykayat ti kabsatko a lalaki ti


agboling. Daytoy ti gusgustona unay
nga aramiden.

No nasayaaat ti tiempona ,
aglalangoy dagiti ub-ubbing nga
inaldaw iti panawen ti kalgaw. .

Agtentenis ti lalaki idiay


pagay-ayaman ti tenis..

215

Kaykayat ti kabsatko a babai ti


agpinta ti retretrato.

Agbarbaraha dagiti solsoldado


idiay tolda. Kaykayatda ti agayayam ti barbaraha.

Agay-ayayam iti dua a soldado ti tses


Gusgustoda unay nga aramiden iti kastoy.

Magmagna a rinabii
dagiti agasawa.

Aggitgitara ken agkankansion datoy a lalaki.

2. Now listen to the speaker. Check to see if you made correct guesses. Repeat the new
words as many times as you need to feel comfortable with pronunciation.
Play
Cards
To ski
Hobby
To dance
Tennis
Tennis Court
Play piano
Musician
To take pictures
Photographer
To play guitar
To sing
Songs
Chess
To walk
To swim

Agay-ayam
Barbaraha
Agiskey
Gusgusto unay nga aramid
Agsala
Agtenis/Agay-ayam ti tenis
Pagay-ayaman ti tenis
Agpiano
Musikero/ra
Agretrato
Retratista
Aggitara
Agkansion
Kankansion
Tses
Magna/Agpagna
Aglangoy
216

Swimming pool
To run
To bowl
Soccer
To paint

Paglangoyan a pul
Agtaray
Agboling
Saker
Agpinta

3. Listen to the dialogues and choose the response that you hear. Check your work with
the answer key.
1. What will they do after school?

A. They will swim after school.


B. They will dance after school.
C. They will sing after school.

2. What sports does he play?

A. He plays soccer and basketball.


B. He plays soccer and volleyball.
C. He plays soccer and tennis.

3. What does she do today?

A. She sings songs.


B. She paints pictures.
C. She takes pictures.

4. Do you play chess?


Do you play guitar?
Do you play piano?

A. Yes, I play chess.


B. No, I play the piano.
C. Yes, I play the piano.

5. What are your hobbies?

A. I like to run and take pictures.


B. I like to read and swim.
C. I like to walk and play soccer

4. Work with a partner. Take turns reading the dialogues in Exercise 3.


5. Work with a partner or in a small group. Make up exchanges using the models and phrases
from Exercise 3.
6. Reconstruct the questions. Check your work with the answer key.
A. - .?
- Wen, agay-ayayamak ti tses.
B. - .?
- Wen, agay-ayayamak ti piano.

217

C. -?
- Atartaray ken agretrettrato ti gusgustok unay nga ar-aramiden.
D. - ?
- Agsaksaker ken agbasbaskitbol isuna..
E. - ?
- Abasbasa ken aglanglangoy ti gusgustok unay nga ar-aramiden
F. - .?
- Kayatna ti agpagpagna ken aggitgitara.
7. Read the following text, noting the new vocabulary. Do you understand all the words in
bold? Check the grammar note for some explanations. Check the answer key for a full
translation.
Ti naganko ket Gerardo Rendon. Taga Alaminosak idiay Pangasinan. Agis-eskuelaak iti kolehio
idiay Unibersidad ti Pangasinan. Masingsingar ti trabahok ti klase ken ti gusgustok unay nga araramiden. Agad-adalak ti siensia a kumpioter, ken katimpuyugak ti ay-ayam a saker ti unibersidad.,
Adda ti klasek nga inaldaw mangrugi ti alas otso y media ingganat alas tres iti malem.Kalpasan ti
eskuela, adda ti praktisko ti saker nga inaldaw mangrugi ti alas kuatro ingganat alas sais. Kayatko
ti agay-ayam ti saker. Agay-ayayamkami met ti gagayyemko ti saker ti kada kamaudit
lawasna.Kayatko met ti aglangoy ken aggitara. Indiak nga nalaing unay nga aggitara. Datoy a
kamaudit lawasna, mapankami ti gagayyemko ti konsierto idiay estadium ti Unibersidad ti
Pangasinan. Agkansionto ti paboritomi nga kansionista..Agrestaurankaminto ti pangmalem, kalpasan
ti konsierto.
Note: Ingganat is a short form of ingana ti which is transalated to until/to.
Grammar Notes:
1. to as a preposition has no specific translation in the Ilokano language as in the following:
(a) I go to school every day.
Mapanak ti/iti eskuelaan nga inaldaw.
(b) I am in school from 8:00am to 2:00pm.
Addaak ti/iti eskuelaan mangrugi ti alas otso ti bigat ingana ti alas dos ti malem.
(c) I drive from my home to my work every Monday and Friday.
Agmanehoak mangrugi ti balayko ingana ti trabahok kada Lunes ken Biernes.

218

2. Met is the Ilokano word that means also or too.


(a) I will also go to school at 8:00 tomorrow.
Mapanakto met ti eskuelaan ti alas otso no bigat.
(b) She goes to school at 8:00 tomorrow, too.
Mapan met isuna ti eskuelaan ti alas otso no bigat.

8. Listen to the text as many times as you want and mark the following statements as
either True or False. Check your answers.
A. _____ Gerardo Rendon is from Alaminos Pangasinan.
A. _____ Taga-Alaminos, Pangasinan ni Gerardo Rendon.
B. _____ He is a student at the University of Pangasinan in Alaminos Pangasinan.
B. _____ Estudiante isuna idiay Unibersidad ti Pangasinan.
C. _____ Gerardo Rendon studies chemistry.
C. _____ Agad-adal ti Kimika ni Gerardo Angeles
D. _____ Gerardo Rendon plays on the university soccer team.
D. _____ Agay-ayayam ni Gerardo Rendon ti timpuyog a saker ti unibersidad.
E. _____ He has class every day from 8:30 to 3:00.
E. _____ Adda ti klasena mangrugi ti alas otso ingganat alas tres.
F. _____Gerardo Rendon likes to swim and play the piano.
F. ____ Kayat ni Gerardo Rendon ti aglangoy ken agpiano.
G. _____After the concert Gerardo will go home and sleep.
G. _____Agawidto ken maturog ni Gerardo Rendon kalpasan ti konsierto.

9. Working with a partner or in a small group, come up with the description of a busy
schedule. Use the statements from Exercise 8 as an outline for your story. The pictures given
below can help you to choose the activities to describe.

219

Cultural Notes: People often spend their leisure time socializing or going to movies. The
Philippines is a major producer of films. North American films are also available. Video games and
video rental stores are found everywhere. Families enjoy picnics at the beach. Sports are generally
played on Sundays. Girls and boys play sports in school. Volleyball and track games are very
popular. Boys like playing cara y cross (flipping a coin). Adult recreational activities include
gambling, attending horse races and cockfighting, and playing mahjong, a Chinese table game
played with tiles. The most popular adult recreational activities are bulang (cockfighting) and
hueting similar to keno where a person chooses and bets on his own numbers.

10. Listen to the vocabulary as you look at the pictures. Try to match the Ilokano words
with the pictures. Check your answers with the answer key.

Paglanguyan a pul
Pagay-ayaman ti saker
Pagay-ayaman ti Tenis
Pagay-ayaman ti Boling
Himnasium
Estaduim

220

11. Read the statements below and think about their meanings. Cross out the words or
phrases that do not make sense, and replace them with an appropriate word from the list
below.
estaduim
pagay-ayaman ti tenis
pagay-ayaman a lugar

himnasium
pagay-ayaman ti boling
banbantay
pul a paglangoyan
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.

Agbalbalibol dagiti es-estudiante idiay pagay-ayaman ti tenis.


Aglanglangoy dagiti ub-ubbing idiay estadium.
Agbolboling dagiti babbai idiay banbantay.
Agtartaray dagiti gagayyenko idiay pagay-ayaman ti boling.
Agay-ayayam ti saker dagiti lallaki idiay pul a paglangoyan.

12. Listen to the statements and mark the ones that you hear.
1.

A. She will swim after school.


B. She will dance after school.
C. She will sing after school.

2.

A. He likes to play soccer and basketball.


B. He likes to play soccer and volleyball.
C. He likes to play soccer and tennis.

3.

A. She doesnt sing, but she plays piano.


B. She doesnt paint pictures, but she takes photographs.
C. She doesnt dance, but she sings.

4.

A. Do you play chess?


B. Do you play guitar?
C. Do you play piano?

No, I play checkers.


No, I play piano.
Yes, I play piano.

5.

A. What are your hobbies?


B. What are your hobbies?
C. What are your hobbies?

I like to run and sing.


I like to read and dance.
I like to walk and play cards.

221

13. Work with a partner. Look at the pictures and make up dialogues about someones
hobbies. Use the models and phrases from Exercise 12.

222

End-of-Lesson Tasks.
1. Answer the following questions in Ilokano.
A. What is your favorite sport or recreational activity?
B. How often do you participate in your activity?
C. What is your favorite hobby?
D. What did you do last weekend?
E. What will you do next weekend?

2. Work with a partner or in a small group. In Ilokano, describe the pictures below, using the
vocabulary you have learned in this lesson. Check the answer key for examples.

223

Vocabulary List
Bowling alley
Bowling
Cards
Chess
Computer science
Gymnasium
Hobby
Paint pictures
Playing field
To bowl
To dance
To play chess
To play cards
To play soccer
To play volleyball
To play piano
To play guitar
To run
To sing
To ski
To swim
To take pictures
Soccer field
Songs
Stadium
Swimming pool
Tennis
Tennis court

Pagay-ayaman ti boling
Boling
Barbaraha
Tses
Kumpioter a siensia
Himnasium
Gusgusto unay nga aramiden
Agpinta ti retrettrato
Pagay-ayaman a lugar
Agboling/Agay-ayam ti boling
Agsala
Agay-ayam ti chess
Agay-ayam ti barbaraha/Agbaraha
Agay-ayam ti saker/Agsaker
Agay-ayam ti balibol/Agbalibol
Agay-ayam ti piano/Agpiano
Agay-ayam ti gitara/Aggitara
Agtaray
Agkansion
Ag-iskey
Aglangoy
Agretrettrato
Pagay-ayaman a lugar
Kankansion
Estadium
Pul a paglangoyan
Tenis
Pagay-ayaman ti tenis

224

Answer Key
3.
1. Ania kadi ti aramidendanto kalpasan ti eskuela?
2. Ania kadi nga es-esport ti ay-ayamenna?
3. Ania kadi ti aramidenna ita?
4. Agay-ayayamka kadi ti chess?
5. Ania kadi dagiti gusgustom unay nga aramiden?

C. Agkansiondanto kalpasan ti eskuela.


C. Agay-ayayam isuna ti saker ken tenis.
B. Agpinpinta isuna ti retretrato.
A. Wen, agay-ayayamak ti tses.
B. Kayatko ti agbasa ken aglangoy

6.
A. - Agay-ayayamka kadi ti tses? (Do you play chess?)
B. - Agay-ayamka kadi ti piano? (Do you play piano?
C.- Ania kadi dagiti gusgustom unay nga ar-aramiden? (What are your hobbies?)
D- Ania kadi dagiti es-esport nga ay-ayayamenna? ( What are the sports that he plays?)
E.- Ania kadi dagiti gusgustom unay nga ar-ramiden? (What are your hobbies?)
F.- Ania kadi dagiti kayatna nga ay-ayayamen? (What does she likes to play?)
7.
My name is Gerardo Rendon. I am from Alaminos, Pangasinan. I go to college at the University of
Pangasinan. I am very busy with my classes and my hobbies. I study computer science and I play on
the univesity soccer team. I have class every day from 8:30 to 3:00 in the afternoon. After school I
have soccer practice every day from 4:00 to 6:00. I like to play soccer. My friends and I play
every weekend, too. I also like to swim and to play the guitar. Im not very good at the guitar. This
weekend my friends and I will go to a concert at the University of Pangasinan stadium. Our favorite
singer will sing. After the concert we will go to a restaurant for dinner.
8.
F. __T___Gerardo Rendon is from Alaminos Pangasinan.
A. _____ Taga-Alaminos, Pangasinan ni Gerardo Rendon.
G. __T___He is a student at the University of Pangasinan in Alaminos Pangasinan.
B. _____ Estudiante isuna idiay Unibersidad ti Pangasinan.
H. __F___ Gerardo Rendon studies chemistry.
C. _____ Agad-adal ti Kimika ni Gerardo Angeles
I. __T___ Gerardo Rendon plays on the university soccer team.
D. _____ Agay-ayayam ni Gerardo Rendon ti timpuyog a saker ti unibersidad.
J. __T___ He has class every day from 8:30 to 3:00.
H. _____ Adda ti klasena mangrugi ti alas otso ingganat alas tres.

225

I. __F___Gerardo Rendon likes to swim and play the piano.


F. _____ Kayat ni Gerardo Rendon ti aglangoy ken agpiano.
J. __F___After the concert Gerardo will go home and sleep.
G. _____ Agawidto ken maturog ni Gerardo Rendon kalpasan ti konsierto.

10.
Swimming pool
Soccer field
Tennis court
Bowling alley
Gymnasium
Stadium

picture 5
picture 3
picture 6
picture 1
picture 2
picture 4

11.
gymnasium
bowling alley
mountains
swimming pool

stadium
tennis courts
playing field

A. The students play volleyball on the gymnasium.


B. The children swim in the swimming pool.
C. The girls go bowling in the bowling alley.
D. My friends go for a run in the playing field.
E. Boys play soccer in the playing field.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.

Agbalbalibol dagiti es-estudiante idiay pagay-ayaman ti tenis himnasium.


Aglanglangoy dagiti ub-ubbing idiay estadium pul a paglangoyan.
Agbolboling dagiti babbai idiay banbantay pagay-ayaman ti boling.
Agtartaray dagiti gagayyenko idiay pagay-ayaman ti boling estaduim.
Agay-ayayam ti saker dagiti lallaki idiay pul a paglangoyan estaduim.

12.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

B.
A.
C.
B.

She will dance after school. Agsalanto isuna kalapasan ti eskuela.


He likes to play soccer and basketball. Kayatna ti agay-ayam ti saker ken baskitbol.
She doesnt dance, but she sings. Saan isuna nga agsala, ngem isu ket agkansion.
Do you play guitar? No, I play piano. Agay-ayayamka kadi ti gitara? Saan, agayayayamak ti piano.
C. What are your hobbies? I like to walk and play cards. Ania kadi dagiti gusgustom
unay nga ar-aramidem? Kayatko ti agpagna ken agay-ayam ti barbaraha.

226

End-of-Lesson Tasks
2.
Picture 1: Aglanglangoy dagiti lallaki idiay pul a paglangoyan.
The boys are swimming in the swimming pool.
Picture 2: Agay-ayamda ti tenis idiay pagay-ayaman ti tenis.
They are playing tennis in the tennis court.
Picture 3: Agay-ayamda ti saker idiay pagay-ayaman ti saker.
They are playing soccer in the soccer field.
Picture 4: Mangretretrato /Agrettrato ti lalaki.
The man is taking pictures.

227

Lesson 17
Salun-at ken iti Bagi ti Tao
Health and the Human Body

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Vocabulary related to the human body
- Asking questions about a persons state of health
- Answering questions about health conditions
- Typical exchanges at the doctors office.

1. Listen as the speaker recites the vocabulary. Then study the diagram and match
the Ilokano terms for each body part with the diagram.

1.

2
3
5
6
8 21
9

4
7

22

10
11
12

13

14

15
16
17

18

19

20

228

Abdomen
Arm
Back
Chest
Chin
Ear
Elbow
Eye
Face
Fingers
Foot/Feet
Genitals
Hair

Tian
Takkiag
Likod
Barukong
Timid
Lapayag
Siko
Mata
Rupa
Ramramay ti ima
Saka/saksaka
Dagiti mabagbagi
Buok

Hand
Head
Hip
Knee
Leg
Mouth
Neck
Nose
Pelvis/groin
Shoulder
Stomach
Toes
Tooth/Teeth
Waist

Ima
Ulo
Patong
Tomeng
Gorong
Ngiwat
Tengnged
Agong
Sip-ang
Abaga
Tian
Ramramay ti saka
Ngipen/Ngipnipen
Siket

2. In Ilokano, name the body parts that come in pairs. Check your answer.
3. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate body part in Ilokano. Check your answers with
the answer key.
matmata

laplapayag

gorgorong

saksaka

ulo

ima

tengnged

ngiwat

A. I use my ____________ to read a book.


B. I listen to music with my _____________.
C. Walking is good for my ____________.
D. I wear shoes and socks on my _____________.
E. In the winter, I wear a hat on my __________, gloves on my ___________, and a scarf
around my __________.
F. I eat and drink with my __________________.
Grammar Notes:
(a) Infinitive form of verbs ,to be sick , to feel weak, to vomit, and to take
medicine, prefix ag to each root word as in :
ag +sakit = to be sick
agkapsot
to feel weak
agsarua
to vomit
agtomar
to take a medicine

*ag-prefix

229

sakit-root word

Sentences:
Narigat ti agsakit.
(It is not good to be sick.)
Saan nga nasayaat ti agkapsot. (It is not good to feel weak).
Narigat ti agsarua ken agtakki. (It is not good to vomit and to have a diarrhea).
Masapul nga agtomarka ti ag-agasmo. (You need to take your medicines).
(b) Present verb forms: Repeat the first syllable of the root word:
Agsak +sakit = Agsaksakit feel sick/feeling sick
Agkapkapsot
Agsarsarua
Agtomtomar

feel weak/feeling weak


vomit/vomiting
take/taking (medicine)

Sentences:
Agsaksakitak itatta. (I feel sick today).
Agkakapsot isuna. (She feels weak).
Agsarsarua ti ubing a lalaki. (The boy is vomiting).
Agtomtomar ni Mario dagiti ag-agasna nga inaldaw. (Mario takes his medicines
everyday).
(c) To form the past form of the verbs above, prefix nag to the root words.
Nagsakit
Nagkapsot
Nagsarua
Nagtomar

was sick.
was weak .
vomitted
took/taken

Sentences:
Nagsakitak idi kalman. (I was sick yesterday.)
Nagkapsot isuna idi kalman. (She was weak yesterday.)
Nagsarua ti ubing a lalaki idi kalman.
(The boy vomited yesterday.)
Nagtomar ni Mario dagiti ag-agasna idi kalman. (Mario took his medicines yesterday.)
Other Vocabulary:
Sakit sickness/illness/pain(n)
Masikog- pregnant
Nasakit- painful/hurting(v)
Rikna feeling (n)
Agrikna to feel(v)
Kumapsot- to become weak(v)
Agkapsot to feel weak(v)
Kapsot- weakness(n)
Uminom to drink
Madi/saan-not/dont

natukkol-broken
natukkolan ti tulang have/had a broken a bone
agtomar ti agas to take a medicine
mangayab to call
marikna-able to feel
makasarua- to vomit/feel nauseous
sarua- vomit(n)
nagsarua- vomited/throw-up

229

Sentences: 1. Grabe ti sakitna.


His/her sickness is serious.
2. Agsaksakit ti saksakana. He feels pain in his/her feet/His feet are hurting/in pain.
3. Nasakit unay ti sakana. His feet is hurting bad.

The word rikna is not necessary in the Ilokano sentence no. 2.


Agsaksakit ti rikna ti sakana literally translates to The feeling of his feet is hurting.

Health Issues: Medical service in Manila is generally good. Rural areas usually have a health
unit or health clinic with usually one doctor and a nurse or a midwife paid by government. Sick
people and non-life threatening cases can walk-in easily, but the problem in the rural health
clinics are lack of medical supplies. Philippines has universal health insurance plan, paid mostly
on the basis of taxation and government funds. The government sponsors free vaccinations for
children. Poor sanitation and poverty are the main reasons for a relatively high infant mortality
rate of 50 per 1000. Pollution is a serious health hazard especially in Manila, the most crowded
city.
How do you feel?
Komusta ti riknam?/Ania ti rikriknaem?

I feel sick.
Agsaksakitak.
I feel weak/weakness.
Agkakapsutak.
I feel bad.
Madi ti rikriknaek.

What symptoms do you have?


Ania kadi dagiti marikriknam a sinsintomas?

I have a sore throat.


Adda ti sakit ti karabukobko or agsakit ti karabukobko.
I have a fever.
Adda ti gorigorko/Aggorigorak.
I have a headache.
Agsaksakit ti ulok.

Where does it hurt?


Sadinno kadi ti nasakit?

My left ankle hurts.


Agsaksakit ti makinkannigid a lipay-lipayko.
My back hurts.
Agsaksakit ti likodko.
My stomach hurts.
Agsaksakit ti tianko.

230

4. Listen to the following questions and answers, and read along in the workbook.
A. How do you feel?
Ania kadi ti marikriknam?

I feel sick.
Agsaksakitak.

B. What is happening with her?


Her leg is hurting.
Ania kad ti maararamid kaniana?
Agsaksakit ti gorongna.
C. How do you feel?
Ania kadi ti maririknam?

My head hurts.
Agsaksakit ti ulok.

D. Are you in pain?


Yes, my arm is broken.
Adda kadi ti marikriknam a sakit?
Wen, natukkol ti takkiagko.
E. Where does it hurt?
Sadinno kadi ti nasakit?

My stomach hurts.
Nasakit ti tianko.

F. Are you sick?


Agsaksakitka kadi?

No, Im pregnant.
Saan, masikogak.

G. Are you OK?


Nasayaat kadi ti riknam?
tianko.

I dont feel good. I feel nauseous and have a stomach ache.


Madi ti rikriknaek. Makasarsaruak ken nasakit ti

H. Are you taking any medications?


Agtomtomar ka kadi ti uray aniaman nga ag-agas?
awan ti

Yes, over-the-counter ones.


Wen, dagitay gagatangen nga
palubos ti doktor.

5. Listen to and repeat the dialogues after the speaker.


A. - How do you feel?
- I feel sick.

A. - Ania kadi ti marikriknam?


- Agsaksakitak.

B. - What is happening with her?


- Her leg is hurting.

B. - Ania kadi ti ma-araramidna?


- Agsaksakit ti gorongna.

C. - How do you feel?


- My head hurts.

C. - Ania kadi ti marikriknam?


- Agsaksakit ti ulok.

D. - Are you in pain?


- Yes, my arm is broken.

D. - Adda kadi marikriknam a sakit?


- Wen, natukkol ti takkiagko.

231

E. - Where does it hurt?


- My stomach hurts.

E. - Sadinno kadi ti nasakit?


- Nasakit ti tianko.

F. - Are you sick?


- No, Im pregnant.

F. - Agsaksakit ka kadi?
- Saan masikogak.

F. - Are you sick?


- No, Im pregnant.

F. - Agsaksakit ka kadi?
- Saan masikogak.

H. - Are you taking any medication?


- Yes. Over-the-counter ones.

H. - Agtomtomarka kadi ti uray aniaman nga


agas?
Wen, dagitay gagatangen nga awan ti
palubos ti doktor.

Note: ayan/ayanna is also used for sadinnoas in Where does it hurt? (Ayanna ti
agsaksakit).
6. Working with a partner, role-play the dialogues from Exercise 5.
7. Match each picture with the corresponding statement.

1. Saan nga agsakit ti agtutubo a babai. Masikog isuna.


2. Adda ti gorigorna ti ubing a babai, nasakit a karabukob, ken agsaksakit a bagbagi, ken
agbabaen isuna ken agoy-oyek. Adda ti trangkasona.
3. Makasarsarua ti ubing a lalaki ken adda ti sakit ti tianna.

8. Work with a partner. Role-play the doctor and patient. Use the questions from
Exercise 5 as a model. Use the phrases from Exercise 6 to describe your symptoms.

232

9. Listen to and read the list of the typical symptoms for each ailment.
Flu
Fever
Congestion
Sore throat
Body aches
Sneezing
Coughing

Trangkaso
Gorigor
Letleten
Nasakit a karabukob
Nasakit a bagbagi
Agbabaen(g)
Aguy-oyek

Head cold
Congestion
Sore Throat
Sneezing
Coughing
Severe Pain

Agpanateng
Letleten
Nasakit a karabukob
Agbabaen(g)
Aguy-oyek
Nasakit unay/napalalo a sakit

Broken Bone
Swelling
Bruise
Bleeding

Natukkol a Tulang
Limlimteg
Limmitem
Agdardara

Sprain
Bruise
Swelling
Pain

Nablo/bul-lo
Limmitem
Limlimteg
Nasakit

233

10. Look at the chart of symptoms in Exercise 9. Work with a partner or in a small group.
Develop the questions the doctor can ask about ones symptoms to be able to diagnose the
problem. Use the following model to create a dialogue.
Model: - Do you have fever?
- Adda kadi ti gorigormo?
- None.
- Awan.
- Do you have a cough and body aches?
- Adda kadi ti uyekmo ken saksakit ti bagbagmi?
- None, doctor.
-Awan, doktor.
- Thats very good then. You dont have flu. Its just a cold.
- Nasayaat unay ngarud dayta. Awan ti trangkasom. Panateng laeng.
- Thank you, doctor.
- Agyamanak, doctor.
- You are welcome.
- Awan ti aniamanna.
(1 ft = 30 cm, 1 inch = 2.5 cm, 100 cm = 1 meter, 1 lb = 0.454 kg). feet-pie
inch-dangan
meter-metro
pound.-librada

cm.-sentimetro

- How tall is he, and how much does he weigh?


- Kasano kadi ti katayagna, ken kadagsenna?
- He is 70 tall and weighs 185 pounds.
- Pitupolo a pulgada ken agdagsen ti sangagasut ken lima a librada.
- How tall are you? How much do you weigh?
- Kasano kadi ti katayagmo? Mano kadi ti kadagsenmo?
- I am 66 inches tall and weigh 120 pounds.
- Innem a pulo ket innem a pulgada ti katayagko ken sangagasut ket duapulo a librada ti
kadagsenko.

11. Work with a partner. Take turns asking each other about your height and weight. Do not
forget to use the units of measure appropriate for Ilokanos.

234

12. Listen to the speaker and read the statements below. You can check the English
translation in the answer key.
A. - Ania kadi ti marikriknam?
- Madi ti rikriknaek. Makasarsaruak.
B. - Ania kadi ti marikriknam?
- Mayat ti rikriknaek, ngem makasarsaruak bassit.
C. -Ania ti marikriknam?
- Madi ti rikriknaek, ngem saanak a makasarsarua.
D. - Mabalin a natukkol ti tulangko. Pangnga-asim man ta mangayabka ti ambulansia !
E. - Mabalin a natukkol ti tulangna.
Pangnga-asim man ta mangayabka ti ambulansia !
F. Natukkol kadi ti gorongna?
Mabalin a, pangnga-asim man ta mangayabka ti ambulansia!

13. What do you hear? Listen to the speaker and mark the statement that you hear.
Check your work with the answer key.
1. A. Where does it hurt? My stomach hurts.
B. Where does it hurt? My back hurts.
C. Where does it hurt? My neck hurts.
2.

A. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a headache.


B. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a stomachache.
C. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and my body aches.

3.

A. How do you feel? I dont feel well. Im nauseous.


B. How do you feel? I feel fine, but Im a little nauseous.
C. How do you feel? I dont feel well, but Im not nauseous.

4. A. I think I broke my leg. Please call an ambulance!


B. I think he broke his leg. Please call an ambulance!
C. Did he break his leg? I think so, please call an ambulance!

235

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Ask and answer the following questions in Ilokano.
A. When you have flu, what are your symptoms?
B. Are you taking any medications?
C. Have you ever broken a bone? If yes, which part(s) of the body?
D. What is your height and weight?
E. How often do you see a doctor? Every month? Every year? Every 3 years?
2. Tell the class what you do in order to keep a healthy weight? Do you exercise? What types of
exercise do you do? How often and for how long do you exercise? Do you have a special diet?
What kind? What do you eat and dont eat? Give an example of your menu. What do you
order when you eat out, and how does it affect your diet the next day?
3. Work with a partner or in a small group. Describe the picture below.

236

Vocabulary List
Abnormal
Allergies
Ambulance
Arm
Chest
Chin
Are you in pain?
Are you taking any medications?
Body aches
Broken bone
Bruise
Call an ambulance!
Congestion
Coughing
Ear
Elbow
Eye
Fingers
Foot
Feel
Fever
Flu/Influenza
Hand
Head
Hip
Knee
Help me!
How do you feel?
Hurt
Leg
Mouth
Nose
Neck
Medicine
Nausea
Pain
Pregnant
Shoulder
Toes
Waist
Sick
Sneezing
Sore throat
Stomach

Adda ti kakurangan/kuran-kurang
Al-alerdiek
Ambulansia
Takkiag
Barukong
Timid
Adda kadi marikriknam a sakit?
Agtomtomarka kadi ti uray aniaman a ag-agas?
Saksakit ti bagi.
Natukkol a tulang
Limmitem
Mangayab ti ambulansia!
Letleten
Aguy-uyek
Lapayag
Siko
Mata
Ramramay ti ima
Saka
Rikna
Gorigor
Trangkaso
Ima
Ulo
Patong
Tumeng
Tulongandak!
Kasano kadi ti marikriknam?/Komusta ti rikriknaem?
Nasakit
Gorong
Ngiwat
Agong
Tengnged
Agas
Makasarsarua/maul-ulaw
Sakit/ut-ot
Masikog
Abaga
Ramramay ti saka
Siket
Sakit
Agbabaen(g)
Sakit ti karabukob
Tian

237

Stomach cramps
Strain
Swelling
Symptoms
What is happening?
Where does it hurt?

Agkalkalambre a tian
Nabannog
Limlimteg
Sinsintomas
Ania kadi ti maar-aramid?
Sadinno kad ti agsaksakit?

238

Answer Key
2.
Ears-laplapayag
Elbows-siksiko
Eyes- matmata
Feet-saksaka
Hands-im-ima
Knees- tomtomeng
Shoulders-ab-abaga
Arms-taktakiag
Legs- gorgorong
Hips- patpatong
3.
A. matmata
B. laplapayag
C. gorgorong
D. saksaka
E. ulo / im-ima / tengnged
F. ngiwat
8.
9.
1. B. The young woman is not sick. She is pregnant.
2. A. The little girl has a fever, a sore throat, and body aches, and she is sneezing and coughing.
She has the flu.
3. C. The little boy is nauseous and has a stomach ache.
12.
A. How do you feel?
- I dont feel well. Im nauseous.
B. - How do you feel?
- I feel fine, but Im a little nauseous.
C. How do you feel?
-I dont feel well, but Im not nauseous.
D. I think I broke my leg. Please call an ambulance!
E. I think he broke his leg. Please call an ambulance!
F. Did he break his leg? I think so. Please call an ambulance!

239

13.
1. C. Where does it hurt? My neck hurts.
Sadinno kadi ti nasakit? Nasakit ti tengngedko.
2. B. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a stomachache
Ania kadi ti sinsintomasmo? Adda ti gorigorko ken sakit ti tian.
3. C. How do you feel? I dont feel well, but Im not nauseous.
Ania kadi ti maririknam? Madi unay ti rikriknaek, ngem saanak a makasarsarua.
4. B. I think he broke his leg. Please call an ambulance!
Mabalin a natukkol ti tulangna. Pangnga-asim man ta mangayabka ti ambulansia!

240

Lesson 18
Politika ken iti Mapaspasamak ti Sangalubungan
Political and International Events

This lesson will introduce you to:


- The vocabulary associated with politics and international issues
- How they are reported in Ilokano news
- How to read and understand political events written in Ilokano newspapers.
Culture Notes
The Republic of the Philippines has 72 provinces which are divided into municipalities made of
barangays (barrios).
The central government is led by a president elected every 4 years. The current president of the
Philippines (2006) is Gloria Macapagal Arroyo. Congress consists of a 200-seat House of
Representatives and a 24-seat Senate. Each province is represented by a governor, a mayor for a
city and a barangay captain for a barrio; all elected by the people in each jurisdiction. The
Philippines has three branches of government like the US; executive, legislative and judicial
branches. There are two main political parties, the nationalist and the liberal.
Most government offices are in Quezon City, the former capital named for Manuel Quezon, the
first president of the country when it became a U.S. Commonwealth in 1935. The President of
the Philippines usually resides at Malacanang Palace until their tenure of office ends. The voting
age is 15 for local elections and 18 for national elections.
The early 1980s saw a decline of the Philippine economy, mounting political unrest and the
growth of a communist insurgency. The mid-1980s was consumed with a political and economic
crisis that ultimately led to the dramatic downfall of Ferdinand Marcos in February 1986 and the
ascension of Corazon Aquino. When Joseph Estrada was forced out from the presidency, Gloria
Arroyo succeeded him. She also won the 2004 election against the famous Filipino actor
Fernando Poe Jr. who died of stroke several months after the election.
The main issues confronting the present government are still about the poor economy,
corruption, the Abu Sahyaff Al Qaedas terrorist organization, the insurgency campaign of the
communist New Peoples Army and the Moslem secessionists.
Filipinos continue to struggle and at the same time optimistically looking forward for always a
new future.

241

1. Familiarize yourself with the political terms.


Government
Prime minister
President
Leader (ruler)
Dictator
Parliament
Ministry
Election
Official/Officials
Political Party
Vote
Republic
State
Democracy/democratic
Term of office
Policy
Human Rights
Religious
Racial
Radical
World
Conflict
War
Invade/invasion
Nuclear bombs/weapons

Gobierno
Primo ministro
Presidente/Pangulo
Lider/Mangidadaulo
Diktador
Parliamento
Ministro
Pinagbubutos/eleksion
Opisial/op-opisial
Partido politika
Botos
Republika
Estado
Demokrasia/Demokratika
Keddeng ti panagtugaw ti trabaho
Paglintegan
Dagiti kalintegan ti tattao
Nainget a panagsurot ti pammati
Resial/maipapan ti puli
Radikal
Lubong
Suppiat
Gerra/Gubat
Rumaot/panagraot
Bomba nga nukliar/ ar-armas/ig-igam

2. Listen to and read the following statements. While reading, note the use of the new
vocabulary.
The Iraqi leader
The Russian officials
The South African government
Religious differences
Middle East conflict
The war in Iraq
The radical political party
Islamic fundamentalism

Iti pangulo ti Iraki


Dagiti op-opisial ti Ruso
Iti Gobierno ti Ammianan nga Aprika
Dagiti naggigidiatan ti pammati
Suppiat ti Makintengnga a Daya
Iti gerra/gubat ti Irak
Iti politika partido a radikal
Islamik a Pundamentalismo

242

3. Listen to and read the following statements. While reading, note the use of the new
vocabulary.
The President of the United States is George Bush.
Ni George Bush. iti Presidente ti Estados Unidos.
Japan and Great Britain have prime ministers.
Adda ti primo minministro ti Hapon ken Bretania.
This was the first political election in that country.
Datoy ti kaunaan nga panagbobotos ti politika data a pagilian/bangsa.
Human rights are a very important issue in the world today.
Kangrunaan ita unay a banag ti kalintegan ti tattao ti lubong.
Grammar Notes: Because of the long domination of the Spaniards in the Philippines, many
traces of Spanish words are found in Ilokano language and in the Tagalog language as well.
Examples:
Ilokano

English

Tagalog

gobierno
presidente
diktador
parliamento
ministro
partido politika
demokrasia
eleksion
opisial
republika
alkalde
gobernador

government
president
dictator
parliament
minister
political party
democracy
election
official
republic
mayor
governor

gobyerno
presidente
diktador
parliamento
ministro
partido politika
demokrasya
eleksiyon
opisyal
republika
alokalde/meyor
gobernador

4. Work in small groups. Pretend that you are a crew working for a news program.
Come up with a short description of a political event.
5. Work in a small group or with a partner. Go over the information on the political
system in the Philippines one more time. Recall the information in the Ilokano Language.
Report to your teacher and to the class.

243

International Geography
Heograpia ti Sangalubungan

Flag of the Philippines (Bandera ti Filipinas)


Map of the Philippines (Mapa ti Filipinas)
6. Read the following text. Refer to the vocabulary list below to check new words. Answer
the questions that follow. Check your work with the answer key.
Dagiti pito a ribu ket sangagasot ket pito a is-isla ti Filipinas , mabalin a duapulo ket lima laeng
kadagitoy ti addaan ti munisipiona ken sangapulo ket maysa met laeng nga is-isla ti paggigianan
iti kaaduan a tattao Ti kadakkelan nga is-isla ket Luzon ken Mindanao. Adda ti 115,830 a
kuadrado a milia a masaksakupanna ken kasla laeng kadakkel ti Arizona ditoy Amerika ti
Filipinas ngem agwawarada iti mas dakkel a teritorio. Nabingay ti Filipinas ti uppat a kadisu a
is-isla: Luzon. Visayas, Mindanao ken Palawan.
Adda idiay Luzon ti Manila a siudad a kadakkelan ken kaadduan ti tattao ken kadduan a
industria.
Iti kangatwan a bantay ket maawawagan a Mt.Apo, nga addaan ti kangatona nga 9,600 a pie ket
matantannawaganna ti intero a Davao Gulf idiay Mindanao. Adu ti is-isla nga kabanbantayan
isunga adda nasurok a tallopulo ket pito a bolbolkano nga mabalin a aktibo wenno matmaturog
pay laeng. Ti naudi a panagbettak ti bolkano nga Mt Pinatubo idi 1991 ket
inkalina/natallakubanna ti adu a barbaryo nga asideg sadiay pati ti base ti Clark Air Force.
Kanayon met a agbagbagyo ti Filipinas nga isut gapu ti kaadu a matmatay a bikbiktima,
panagrigrigat ket iti napalalo unay a angin ken layos ti mangdaddael dagiti pagpagay ken
mulmula a pagappuan ti taraon ti intero a pagilian.

244

Vocabulary:
kangatwan
isla
intero
nawara-wara
paggigianan
nabingay
nasakupan
matantanawagan
mabalin a
panagrigrigat
gapuna/gapu ti
taraon
mulmula
pagpagay
mangdadael
kabanbantayan
matmaturog
isunga
inkali/naikali
natallakuban
nasurok
asideg
paggappuan

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

tallest
island
entire
scattered
residence
divided
occupied
overlooking
about/possible
suffering/poverty
result/due/reason
food subsistence
plants
rice plant
to destroy
mountainous
sleeping/dormant
thats why
buried
covered
more than
nearby/close to
derived/coming from

Name the 4 big islands in the Philippines


What is the tallest mountain in the Philippines?
How many volcanoes are either active or dormant?
How big is the Philippine archipelago?
How do strong frequent typhoons and floods affect the lives of the Filipinos?

7. Listen to the speaker and follow along in your book.


Afghanistan/Afghani
Canada/Canadian
China/Chinese
Denmark/Danes
Egypt/Egyptian
England/English
Finland/Finns
France/French
Germany/German
Great Britain/British

Apganistan/Apganistani
Kanada/Kanadian
Tsina/Insik
Denmark/Danes
Ehipto/Ehipsian
Ingglatera/Ingles
Pinlan/Pinlandia
Pransia/Pranses
Alemania/Aleman
Bretania/Briton

245

India/Indian
Indonesia/Indonesian
Iran/Iranian
Iraq/Iraqi
Ireland/Irish
Israel/Israeli
Italy/Italian
Japan/Japanese
Jordan/Jordanian
Korea/Korean
Kuwait/Kuwaiti
Mexico/Mexican
Netherlands/Dutch
Norway/Norwegian
Pakistan/Pakistani
Philippines/Filipino
Russia/Russian
Saudi Arabia/Saudi
Scotland/Scot
South Africa/South
African
Spain/Spanish
Greek/Greece
Syria/Syrian
Thailand/Thai
Vietnam/Vietnamese
Arab/Arabian
North America
Central America
South America
Western Europe
Central Europe
Eastern Europe
Middle East
Southwest Asia
Southeast Asia
Africa
Australia
Eastern Asia
Arctic
Antarctic

India/Indian
Indonisia/Indones
Iran/Iranian
Irak/Iraki
Irlandia/Irisian
Israel/Israeli
Italya/Italiano/a
Hapon/Hapones/Haponesa
Hordan/Hordanian
Koria/Koriano/Koriana
Kuwit/Kuwiti
Meksiko/Meksikano/na
Nederlan/Dutch
Norwey/Norwegian
Pakistan/Pakistani
Filipinas/Filipino/na
Rusya/Ruso
Saudi Arabia/Saudee
Eskotlan/Skotis
Aprika nga abagatan/Tagaabagatan a Aprikano/na
Espania/Espaniol
Griego/Gresian
Siria/Siriano
Tylandia/Tylandian
Bietnam/Bietnamis
Arabi/Arabo
Ammianan nga Amerika
Katengngaan nga Amerika
Abagatan nga Amerika
Lauden ti Europeo
Katengngaan nga Europeo
Dayaen ti Europeo
Katengngaan a Daya
Asya ti abagatan-laod
Asya ti abagatan-daya
Aprika
Ostralia
Dayaen ti Asya
Artika
Antartika

246

Grammar Note: There is standard way of word building a country name to nationality; it varies
from one country to another and how the country name sounds in Ilokano.
Examples:
(1) To form a name of nationality out of the country Filipinas change the a to o at the
end of the Ilokano word and drop the s to make the word Filipino.
(2) Bietnam-Bietnamis- add is to the Ilokano spelling of the country name.
(3) Aprika- Aprikano/na- add no(male) or na (female) at the end of the Ilokano spelling
of the country name.
(4) Amerika-Amerikano/na- same as Aprika.
(4) Indones- Indonisian add ian at the end of the Ilokano spelling of the country name.
(5) Tylandia-Tylandian-add an at the end of the Ilokano spelling of the country name.

8. Listen to and read the dialogues about nationality. Note the ways to determine
ones nationality.
Are you from Syria?
Taga-Siriaka kadi?

No, Im from Egypt. Im an Egyptian.


Saan, taga-Ehiptoak. Ehipsiannak.

Are you American?


Amerikanoka kadi?

No, Im Canadian.
Saan, Kanadiannak.

What are you?


Aniaka kadi?

Im Vietnamese.
Bietnamisak.

Where are you from?


Sadinno kadi ti naggappuam?

Im from India. Im Indian.


Naggapuak ti India. Indiannak.

Are you Indonesian?


Indonisianka kadi?

Yes, Im Indonesian. I live in Jakarta.


Wen, Indonisiannak. Agnanaedak idiay
Dyakarta.

Are you from Afghanistan?


Naggappuka kadi ti Apganistan?

I live in Afghanistan, but I am Pakistani.


Agnanaedak idiay Apganistan, ngem
Pakistaniak.

9. Working with a partner, complete the dialogues. Check your work with the answer key.
1. - ..?
- Wen, Bietnamisak.
2. - ?
- Saan, saanak nga Amerikano. Kanadiannak.

247

3. - or ..?
- Agnanaedak idiay Pakistan ngem Apganistaniak.
4. - ..?
- Wen, Ir-irakiskami amin.

10. What do you hear? The speaker will read one word from each line of text. Mark
the word that you hear. Check your answers with the answer key.
1.

Apganistan

Pakistan

Irania

Indian

2.

Erlan

Tylandia

Nederland

Ingglatera

3.

Bietnam

Indonisian

Hapon

Tsina

4.

Saudi Arabia

Siria

Israeli

Hordan

5.

Kuwit

Irak

Ehipto

Rusya

248

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Translate the following headlines into English.
1. Olalia, Pangulo Ti KMU, Napatay
2. Panagbisita Ni Arroyo Idiay Hapon
3. Natiliw ti Assistant Ni Abu Sahyaff Idiay Basilan
4. Restauran Bomb , Maysa a Soldado ti US, Napatay, Maysa Ti Nasugatan
5. Napigsa A Bagyo Ken Dakkel A Layos Idiay Probinsia, Quezon
6. Rinaot Ti Philippine Marines Ti Kuartel Ti Kalaban
7. Bimmaknang Babaen Ti Korapsion

2. Read the following news report from the Philippines, then answer the questions that
follow.
News Report:
Napatay itay lawasna ni labor leader Rolando Olalia,singkuentay tres anyos,chairman ti
Partido ng Bayan (PnB) ken ti militante a Kilusang Mayo Uno( KMU).
Nasarakan ti bangkay ni Olalia, mabigbig a suppoter ni Aquino, a natatek ti bala ken
nabagbagkong idiay Antipolo, Rizal, idi a trese ti Nobiembre.
Pinabasol ti KnB ken KMU ti militar a akinaramid ti krimen. Kuna ti PnB ken KMU, a manipud
nabuangay ti PnB tallo a bulanen ti napalabas, napilpiltakenen ti nagan ti partido babaen ti black
propaganda nga isaysayangkat dagiti ultra-rightists ken pasista nga idadauluan da Ministro Enrile
ken dagiti loyalista ni Marcos.
Questions:
1. Who was Rolando Olalia?
2. How old was he when he was killed?
3. How he was killed?
4. What branch of the government was the suspected of the crime?
5. What were the 2 groups of people doing the black propaganda led by Enrile and the
Marcos loyalists?

249

3. Work with a partner or in a small group. From the list of the countries above, choose
one and give a briefing on its location and political system. Pretend that you are giving a
press-conference. Your classmates will role-play the news reporters by asking you
questions.
The following questions may help you in your work:
1. Does this country have a President? Who is a current President?
2. How many political parties are there in this country?
3. Is there a war in this country now?
4. Does this country have a parliament?
5. Is there a democracy in this country?
6. Does this country have a Prime Minister?
7. Is the leader of this country a dictator?
8. Is this country a republic?
9. What is a specific geographical feature of this country?

250

Vocabulary List
Conflict
Democracy/democratic
Dictator
Dispute
Election
Government
Human Rights
Invade/invasion
Leader/ruler
Ministry
Nuclear bombs/weapons
Official
Parliament
Policy
Political Party
President
Prime minister
Racial
Radical
Religious
Republic
State
Term of office
To kill
To vote
To invade
War
World

Suppiat
Demokrasia/Demokratika
Diktador
Susik
Eleksion/Panagbobotos
Gobierno
Kalintegan ti Tattao
Raot/Panagraot
Lider/Mangidadaulo/Awtoridad
Ministro
Bomba a nukliar/ararmas/ig-igam
Opisial
Parliamento
Paglintegan
Partido Politika
Presidente/Pangulo
Primo Ministro
Risial/Maipapan ti puli
Radikal
Nainget ti pammati
Republika
Estado
Keddeng ti panagtugaw ti trabaho
Pumatay
Agbotos/Botosan
Ruma-ot
Gerra
Lubong

251

Answer Key
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Name the 4 big islands in the Philippines


What is the tallest mountain in the Philippines?
How many volcanoes are either active or dormant?
How big is the Philippine archipelago?
How do strong frequent typhoons and floods affect the lives of the Filipinos?

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Luzon, Visayas, Mindanao, and Palawan


Mt. Apo
37 volcanoes
As big as Arizona in the US or about 300,000 sq. km.
They kill people, cause poverty/sufferings, and destroy rice/farm plants.

9.
1. Bietnamiska kadi?
Are you a Vietnamese?
2. Amerikanoka kadi?
Are you an American?
3. Taga-Pakistan ka kadi? or Agnanaedka kadi idiay Pakistan?
Are you from Pakistan? or Do you live in Pakistan?
4. Ir-irakis kadi kayo amin? Are you all Iraqis?
10.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Pakistan
Ingglatera
Hapon
Hordan
Kuwit

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Olalia, President of KMU, Killed


Arroyos Visit To Japan
Abu Sahyaff Right-hand Man Captured in Basilan
Restaurant Bomb, One US Soldier Killed, One Injured
Strong Storm and Big Flood in Quezon Province
Philippine Marines Invaded Enemy Headqurters
Became Rich through Corruption

252

2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Olalia was a Chairman of Partido ng Bayan and Militant of Kilusang Mayo Uno.
Olalia was killed at 53 years old.
Olalia was shot and stabbed.
The military was suspected.
The two groups are the ultra-rightists (extreme rightists) and the pasista (fascists).

253

Lesson 19
Iti Militaria
The Military

This lesson will introduce you to:


- Basic military vocabulary
- The rank structure of the U.S. Army and Philippines military forces
- Names of weapons and army vehicles.

1. What do soldiers do? What do soldiers use? What do soldiers wear? The pictures will
help you to guess the meaning of unknown terms.

Naka-uniporme dagitoy a solsoldado. Adda ti botbotas ti saksakada ken helhelmet ti ululoda.Salsalakniban ti helhelmet ti ul-uloda kadagiti artileria, amyunision, ken dagiti ekseksplosibo. Adda iggemda nga ar-armas.

Agpalpaltog datoy a soldado iti riple.

Makitungtong datoy a
soldado iti radio kenni
Komanderna.

254

Addaan datoy a soldado


iti panggayang a raket.

2. Now listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker.
Soldier
Uniform
Boots
Helmet
To protect
Artillery
Ammunition
Explosives
Weapons
Radio
Commander
To fire
Rifle
Rocket launcher

Soldado
Uniporme
Botbotas
Helmet
Salakniban
Artileria
Amyunision
Eks-eksplosibo
Ar-armas
Radio
Komander
Pumaltog/agpaltog
Riple
Panggayang a raket

Grammar Notes:
(1) To pluralize a noun , soldado (soldier), repeat the first syllable of the
noun soldado to make it to solsoldado(soldiers). Other examples are:
Singular Forms

Plural Forms

uniporme
helmet
artileria
amyunision
eksplosibo
armas
radio
komander
ripple
raket
paltog
igam
botas
ulo
saka

un-uniporme
helhelmet
ar-artileria
am-amyunision
eks-eksplosibo
ar-armas
radradio
komkomader
ripriple
rakraket
palpaltog
ig-igam
botbotas
ul-ulo
saksaka

uniform
helmet
artillery
ammunition
explosive
weapon
radio
commander
rifle
rocket
gun
gun
boot
head
foot

255

uniforms
helmets
artilleries
ammunitions
explosives
weapons
radios
commanders
rifles
rockets
guns
guns
boots
heads
feet

(2) The plural forms of the nouns above are usually followed by a plural article dagiti and not
ti/iti.
Sentences:
a. Berde dagiti un-uniporme ti solsoldado.
(The uniforms of the soldiers are green).
b. Masapultayo nga annadan dagiti ar-artilerya ken eks-eksplosibo.
(We must be careful with artilleries and explosives).
c. Dagiti solsoldado ket addaan nga kanayon ti helhelmet ti ul-uloda.
(The soldiers always have helmets on their heads).
d. Masapul nga nasalun-at ken natured dagiti komkomander no addada idiay kagerran.
(Commanders must be healthy and brave if they are in the battlefield).
Other Vocabulary
All
Talk/talking
Sao/agsao
Has/have
Only
Know
After
Go home
Go back home
Laeng
Other side
Enter
East
To wear
To fire
Step out/down the car
Come with me for questioning
When you pass

amin
tungtong/agtungtong
word/to speak
adda/addaan
laeng
ammo
malpas
agawid
agsubli ti balay
only/just
bangir/ballasiw
sumrek
daya
agkawes/agaramat
pumaltog/agpaltog
rummuar ti kotse/bumaba ti kotse
sumurot kaniak
no lumabas ka/no labasam

256

3. Read the statements and match each one with the correct picture. Check your answers
with the answer key.

1.

2.

3.

A. Sibilian isuna. Awan ti ar-armasna. Adda ti annakna.


B. Soldado isuna. Addaan isuna ti armas
C. Suksukimaten ti soldado iti sibilian a para kadagiti ar-armas.
*Sukimat/sita-search

* sukimaten/sitaen to search

4. Listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker.

1.

2.

HUMMVEES dagitoy a luglugan.

4.

Tangke

5.
Paltog nga Adda
Kabukbukudanna a Paligpalig

257

3.
Panggayang a Mesil nga Adda
Kabukbukudanna a Palig-palig

6.

Armado a lugan

5. Now cover the names of the vehicles with a sheet of paper and name them. Repeat
Exercise 4 as many times as you need to feel comfortable with the new terms.
1. ..
2. ..
3. ..
4. ..
5. ..
6. ..

6. Listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker.

1. Mortar
2 Rifle
3. Machine gun
4. Grenade
5. Mine
6. Pistol
7 Missile
8. Weapons Cache

Kanion
Riple
Masinggan
Granada
Mina
Pistola
Mesil
Pagidulinan kadagiti Ar-armas

258

7. Look at the pictures in Exercise 6. Cover the Ilokano translations and the English
words in Exercise 6. Match each term with the correct picture. Replay the sound as many
times as you need. Check your work with the answer key.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

Mina
Pagidulinan dagiti ar-aramas
Riple
Kanion
Granada
Pistola
Masinggan
Mesil

8. In the following lists of items, three belong to the group, but the fourth does not logically
belong. Cross it out. Check your answers with the answer key.
Tangke

Granada

Trak

Humvee

Riple

Kanion

Helmet

Masinggan

Uniporme

Soldado

Sibilian

Komander

Radio

Mapa

Minaan

Armas

Helmet

Riple

Uniporme

Botbotas

Opisial

Soldado

Yunit

Komander

9. Transcribe the following statements into Ilokano then translate into English.
Check your work with the answer key.
Sentence 1
Sentence 2
Sentence 3
Sentence 4

259

10. What do you hear? Transcribe the following audio into Ilokano. Check your
work with the answer key.
Sentence 1 Audio
Sentence 2 Audio

11. Listen and repeat the new words after the speaker.
Army base
Base ti Armi
Minefield
Minaan
Patrol
Patrol
Be careful!
Agannad ka!
Roadblock
Nasirraan a kalsada
Base
Base
Curfew
Karpio
Checkpoint Pagsukimatan a lugar
Barracks
Kuarkuartel
In charge of Mangidadaulo
Identification Identipikasion

12. Fill in the blanks with the correct word from the vocabulary list above. Check your
answers with the answer key.
A. - Patrol kadi datoy?
- Wen
- Sinno ti ____________?
- Iti pangulo ti patrol
B. -

Adda kadi ti______________?


Wen, manipud ti alas otso ingannat alas sais ti bigat.

C. - ________________! Adda ti minmina!


D. - Masapul nga ipakita dagiti solsoldado ken op-opisial ti identipikasion a tartarhetada
idiay________ ken idiay___________
E. - Sinno ti _______________ti kuarkuartel ?
- Iti komander ti yunit, a ni Kumander Antonio Garcia, ti mangidadaulo.

260

13. Working with a partner, take turns reading and role-playing the dialogues from
Exercise 12.
14. Working in a small group, come up with similar dialogues, and then role-play them.
15. Study the list of U.S. Army ranks. Compare them with the Ilokano military
equivalents.
Enlisted
Private
Corporal
Sergeant
Sergeant Major

Nagpalista
Pribado
Korporal
Sarhento
Sarhento Medyor

261

Officer
Lieutenant
Captain
Major
Lt. Colonel
Colonel
General

Opisial
Teniente
Kapitan
Medyor
Teniente Koronel
Koronel
Heneral

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Work with a partner or in a small group. In Ilokano, come up with a caption for each
picture below.

2. a) Translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the answer
key.
A. Ayanna kadi dagiti pagiduldulinan ti ar-armas?
B. Asinno kadi ti mangidadaulo datoy a patrol?
C. Masapul nga ipakitam ti tarheta nga identipikasion no rumuarka ti pagsukimatan a
lugar.
D. Masapul a sukimaten amin a sibsibilian.
E. Mangrugi ti karpio iti alas nuebe iti rabii Ket a las nuebe kuarentay singkon ita.
Agsublika idiay balaymo.
F. Dagiti solsoldado laeng ti mabalin a sumrek ti base a militaria .

b) Work with a partner or in a small group. Come up with the situation when you can
use sentences C, D, E, and F as a reply. Create the first part of the conversation so that you
have short dialogues. Role-play them.

262

3. a) Translate the following into Ilokano. Compare your translation against the answer
key.
A. Please step out of the car. We must search the vehicle for weapons.
B. It is after curfew. You must come with me for questioning.
C. The weapons cache is on the other side of Checkpoint Delta.
D. Be careful. There is a minefield east of the railroad.
E. Every soldier needs to have a radio and a map.
F. You must know all the checkpoints and roadblocks in this area.

b) Work with a partner or in a small group. Come up with the situation when you can
use these sentences as a reply. Create the first part of the conversation so that you have
short dialogues. Role-play them.

263

Vocabulary List
Ammunition
Army base
Artillery
Barracks
Base
Be careful!
Boots
Checkpoint
Civilian
Commander
Curfew
Enemy
Explosive
Grenade
Gun
Helmet
In charge (of a patrol, base)
Machine gun
Map
Military
Mine
Minefield
Missile
Mortar
Officer
Protection
Radio
Rank
Rifle
Roadblock
Rocket
Rocket launcher
Search
Soldier
Tank
Uniform
Weapons
Weapons cache
Enlisted
Private
Corporal
Sergeant
Sergeant Major

Amyunision
Base ti armi
Artileria
Kuarkuartel
Base
Agannadka!
Botbotas
Pagsukimatan a lugar
Sibilian
Komander
Karpio
Kabusor/kalaban
Eksplosibo
Granada
Paltog/igam
Helmet
Mangidadaulo(iti patrol/ base)
Masinggan
Mapa
Militaria
Mina
Minaan
Mesil
Kanion
Opisial
Salaknib
Radio
Rangko/Ranggo
Riple
Nasirraan a kalsada
Raket
Panggayang a raket
Sukimat/Sita
Soldado
Tangke
Uniporme
Ar-armas
Pagidulinan ti ar-armas/ig-igam
Nagpalista
Pribada
Korporal
Sarhento
Sarhento Medyor

264

Officer
Lieutenant
Captain
Major
Lt. Colonel
Colonel

Opisial
Teniente
Kapitan
Medyor
Teniente Koronel
Koronel

265

Answer Key
3.
A. Picture 3
B. Picture 2
C. Picture 1
7.
A. MinePicture 5
B. Weapons Cache
Picture 9
C. Rifle
Picture 2
D. Mortar
Picture 1
E. Grenade
Picture 4
F. Pistol
Picture 6
G. Machinegun
Picture 3
H. Missile
Picture 7
8.
Tangke

Granada

Trak

Humvee

Riple

Kanion

Helmet

Masinggan

Uniporme

Soldado

Sibilian

Komander

Radio

Mapa

Minaan

Armas

Helmet

Riple

Uniporme

Botbotas

Opisial

Soldado

Yunit

Komander

Tank

Grenade

Truck

Humvee

Rifle

Mortar

Helmet

Machine gun

Uniform

Soldier

Civilian

Commander

266

Radio

Map

Minefield

Weapon

Helmet

Rifle

Uniform

Boots

Officer

Soldier

Unit

Commander

9.
1. Agar-aramat dagiti solsoldado iti helhelmet a para salaknib ti amyunision.
Soldiers wear helmets for protection from ammunition.
2. Agar-aramat dagiti solsoldado iti helhelmet a para salaknib kadagiti eks-eksplosibo ken
artileria.
Soldiers wear helmets for protection from explosives and artillery.
3. Suksukimatenmi dagiti amin a sibsibilian a para dagiti ar-armas.
We are searching all civilians for weapons.
4. Suksukimatenmi dagiti amin a kabusor a solsoldado a para dagiti ar-armas.
We are searching all enemy soldiers for weapons.

10.
1. Agar-aramat dagiti solsoldado iti helhelmet a para salaknib ti angin.
2. Suksukimatenmi dagiti amin a kabusor a solsoldado a para dagiti ar-armas.
12.
A. In charge - Mangidadaulo
B. Curfew- Karpio
C. Be Careful! Angannad ka!
D. Checkpoint Pagsukimatan a lugar and Base - Base
E. In charge - Mangidadaulo
A. Is this a patrol?
Yes.
Who is in charge?
The patrol leader.
B. Is there a curfew?
Yes, from 8:00 P.M. to 6:00 A.M.
C. Be careful! There are mines!
D. All soldiers and officers must show their IDs at checkpoint and at the army base.
E. Who is in charge of the barracks?
The unit commander, Antonio Garcia, is in charge.

267

End-of-Lesson Tasks
2. a)
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

Where is the weapon cache?


Who is in charge of this patrol?
You must show your ID when you pass the checkpoint.
All civilians must be searched for weapons.
Curfew starts at 9:00 p.m. Its 9:45 now. Go back to your house.
Only soldiers may enter the military base.

3. a)
A. Please step out of the car. We must search the vehicle for weapons.
A. Panga-asim man ta bumabaka ti kotse. Masapulmi a sukimaten dagiti ar-armas iti lugan.
B. It is after curfew. You must come with me for questioning.
B. Napalabasen ti nakeddengan a oras. Masapul nga sumurotka kaniak a para iti pagsaludsod..
C. The weapons cache is on the other side of Checkpoint Delta.
C. Dagiti pagiduldulinan ti ar-armas ket adda idiay bangir ti Delta a pagsukimatan a lugar.
D. Be careful. There is a minefield east of the railroad.
D. Agannadka! Adda ti minaan idiay daya ti pagkrosingan ti tren.
E. Every soldier needs to have a radio and a map.
E. Masapul nga adda ti radio ken mapa. ti tunggal soldado
F. You must know all the checkpoints and roadblocks in this area.
F. Masapulmo nga ammuen amin dagiti pagsuksukimatan ken nasirsirraan a kalkalsada idtoy
a lugar.

268

Lesson 20
Idiay Ospital
In the Hospital
This lesson will introduce you to:
- The vocabulary related to the medical emergency and life-saving measures
- The terminology related to internal organs
- The ways to ask questions about the vital signs.

Health Notes:
Before a person can be operated in the private hospital especially those without health
insurance, there is a down payment first before proceeding with any surgical operation.
One problem is that very few doctors/physicians have extensive advanced training, unlike
in the United States. The U.S. has more advanced equipment and technology to offer
than the Philippines. Ambulance service usually is not free. In the rural areas, there is
high difficulty of securing an ambulance to go to a hospital. Therefore, most people use
their own transportation or rent a jeepney in the neighborhood.
It is very important of being able to communicate in Ilokano during emergencies
especially in the rural areas. Phrases such as Masapulko ti tulong unay! (I need help
badly!), Sumardengka dita! (Stop there!), Pumanawkayo a dagus ti balbalayo
(Abandon your house immediately!), etc. will be useful.
In Lesson 17, you already learned the names of human body parts, how to ask questions
about a persons state of health, and how to describe health conditions and symptoms of
sickness. You also know how to handle the visit to the doctors office. In this lesson,
you will familiarize yourself with the vocabulary used for life threatening health
conditions, such as heart attacks, gunshot wounds, severe bleeding, and head injuries.

269

1. Go over the text with the pictures. Try to understand the meaning of unknown
words from the context.

Adda nadunor a takkiag daytoy a lalaki.

Adda ti sugat it takkiagna daytoy a


babai.

Adda nasugatan a gorong daytoy a lalaki.

Adda ti dunor ti tengnged


daytoy a lalaki.

Did you understand the words wound/wounded and injury/injured?


They mean are:
wound- sugat

wounded-nasugat

injury-dunor injured-nadunor

2. Look at the pictures in Exercise 1 and match the number of the picture with the
correct definition. Check your answers with the answer key.
A. Nasugatan a gorong

picture number _____.

B. Nadunor a tengnged

picture number _____.

C. Nasugatan a takkiag

picture number _____.

D. Dunor ti ulo

picture number _____.

270

3. Tell your classmates in Ilokano if you ever had an injury or/and wounds.

4. Listen to and read the dialogue between the doctor and the nurse in the
emergency room of a military hospital. Note the use of new vocabulary.
Doctor: How does Sergeant Lacson feel?
Doktor: Kumusta kadi ti marikrikna ni Sarhento Lacson?
Nurse: He feels bad, Doctor Soriano
Nars: Madi ti rikriknaenna, Doktor Soriano.
Doctor: What is the matter with him?
Doktor: Ania kadi ti ma-aramid kaniana?
Nurse: His leg hurts.
Nars: Agsaksakit ti gorongna.
Doctor: Is it injured?
Doktor: Nadunor kadi?
Nurse: Yes. He has a gunshot wound. He is bleeding.
Nars:
Wen, addaan isuna ti sugat ti paltog . Agdardara isuna.
Doctor: Does he have fever?
Doktor: Adda kadi ti gorigorna?
Nurse: Yes, he does.
Nars:
Wen, adda.
Doctor: Is he taking any medication?
Doktor: Agtomtomar kadi isuna ti uray ania man a ag-agas?
Nurse: Yes, antibiotics and painkillers.
Nars:
Wen, dagiti antibiotika ken pagpatay ti saksakit .

5. Work with a partner. Role-play the dialogue from Exercise 2.

271

6. Match each of the pictures with the corresponding statement. Try to guess the
meanings of unknown words from the context. Check your answers with the answer
key.

1. Adda nasugatan a gorong daytoy a soldado.


2. Saan a nagkallugong daytoy a lalaki. Napudot unay ita nga aldaw.
Isunga addaan isuna ti atake ti kinalabes a pudot.
3. Adda ti benda ti nasugatan a takkiagna.
Did you understand the meanings of the words in bold? All right!
Heat stroke - atake ti kinalabes a pudot
dressing - benda/bed-bed
* kinalabes or napudot unay (extreme/too much)

7. Listen to the speaker and read alone with your textbook. Use the answer
key to check the meanings of unknown words.

Dagitoy ket benbenda ken pagtulong a benbenda. Masapulmo ida a para pagbenda ti iwa
wenno sugat. Masapul a maisterilisadoda.

272

8. In order to make someone look like the man in the picture below, what will
you need?

9. Familiarize yourself with some new medical terminology. Listen as the


speaker recites the names of internal organs. Repeat after the speaker.

2
1. heart
2. brain
3. lung
4. kidney
5. liver

puso
utek
bara
bato
dalem

10. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate name of the organ in Ilokano. Check
your answers with the answer key.
puso, dalem, bara, batbato, utek
A. The human ______is in charge of all body system functions.
B. The _________is a very important organ because it helps our body to get rid of fat.
C. Exercising is very important for my_________.
D. Smoking can cause _______cancer.
E. Drinking a lot of water is necessary for the _________________.

273

11. Listen to and read the dialogue between the doctor and a patient in a
military hospital emergency room.

Doctor: Hello, Major Lacson.


Halo, Medyor Lacson
Major: Good morning, Doctor Galbino.
Naimbag a bigatmo, Doktor Galbino
Doctor: What happened to you?
: Ania kadi ti na-laramidmo?
Major: I dont know. I dont feel well I had chest pain, headache, and dizziness.
Indiak ammo. Madi ti marikriknak. Adda ti sakit ti barukongko, sakit ti
ulo, ken
ul-ulaw.
*Madi is a short word forsaan a nasayaat (not good)
Doctor: For how long did you have your symptoms?
Kasano ti kabayagnan dagita sinsintomasmon
Major: For about 2 days.
Mabalin a dua nga aldaw.
Doctor: Did you take any medications?
Nagtomarkan kadi ti uray aniamaan a ag-agas?
Major: Yes, I took painkillers.
Wen, nagtomarak dagiti tabletas a pagpatay ti saksakit.
Doctor: For how long?
Kasano ti kabayagna?
Major: For about 2 days What happened to me, doctor?
Mabalin a dua nga aldawAnia kadi ti naaramid kaniak, doktor?
Doctor: You know, when you got in the ER, you couldnt breathe. We had to do CPR.
You had abnormal blood pressure. It was 230 over 180. You had a heart
attack .What symptoms do you have now.
Ammom, idi immayka ditoy ER, saanka a maka-anges. Masapulmi nga
inusar ti.

274

CPR kenka. Saan nga usto ti presion ti daram. Ket 230/180. Adda ti atake
ti pusom. Ania dagiti marikriknam a sinsintomas ita ?
Major: I feel weak.
Nakapsut ti rikriknak.
Doctor: Are you allergic to any medications?
Alerdiekka kadi ti uray aniaman a ag-agas?
Major: Yes, Im allergic to penicillin.
Wen, alerdiekak ti penisilin.
Doctor: Do you have any kidney, liver, lung, or brain diseases? Diabetes? Cancer?
Adda kadi uray aniaman a saksakitmo ti bato, dalem, bara, wenno utek?
Diabetis? Kanser?
Major: None.
Awan.
Doctor: Do you smoke?
Agsigsigarilyoka kadi?
Major: No, I dont.
Saan, saanak.
Doctor: Do any member of your family have heart diseases or had a heart attack?
Adda kadi ti uray asinno a miembro ti pamiliam nga addaan ti sasasakit ti
puso wenno naataken ti puso?
Major: Yes, my father died three years ago from heart disease.
Wen, ni tatangko ket natay iti atake ti puso tay napalabas a tallo a tawen.
Doctor: So, its better for you to still stay in the hospital, to rest for a few days.
Isunga nasaysayaat nga agyanka pay laeng ti ospital tapno makainanaka
ti sumagmamano nga aldaw.
Major: But I need to get back to my unit!
Ngem masapulko ti agsubli ti yunitko.
Doctor: No, you have to stay in the hospital, to rest, and take aspirin.
Saan, masapul nga agyanka ti ospital nga aginana, ken agtomar ti aspirin.

275

12. Listen to and read the dialogue between Doctor Galvino and his colleague,
Doctor Ramos. Answer the follow-up questions. Check your answers with the
answer key.
Doktor Ramos : Ania ti ma-araramid kenni Medyor Lacson?
Doktor Galvino : Adda atake ti pusona
Doktor Ramos: Ania dagiti sinsintomasnan ita?
Doktor Galvino: Awan ti sakit ti barukongna, sakit ti ulo, wenno ul-ulaw. Nakapsut isuna.
Doktor Ramos: Presion ti darana?
Doktor:Galvino Kalkalainganna ita: 140/80.
Doktor Ramos: Alerdiek kadi isuna it uray aniaman a ag-agas?
Doktor Galvino: Wen, alerdiek isuna ti penisilin. Nagtomaren ti aspirin ita.
Doktor Ramos: Addaan kadi isuna ti diabetis wenno kanser? Agsigsigasrilio kadi isuna?
Doktor Galvino: Saan
Doktor Ramos: Adda kadi saksakit ti puso wenno atake ti puso iti pamiliana?
Doktor Galavino: Wen, natay ni tatangna tay napalabas a tallo tawen gapu ti sakit ti puso.
Doktor Ramos: Isunga nasaysayaat pay laeng nga agyan isuna ti ospital iti
sumagmamano nga aldaw .
Questions:
1. What happened to Major Lacson?
2. What symptoms did Major Lacson have and for how long?
3. How does he feel now? What is his blood pressure? Is that normal or abnormal?
4. Is he allergic to any medications? Does he take any medications now?
5. Does he have liver, kidney, brain, or lung diseases? Diabetes or cancer?
6. Does he smoke?

276

7. Do his family members have heart diseases?


8. Did any family members die from heart diseases?
9. Will Major Lacson stay in the hospital?
13. Work with a partner. Pretend to be Doctor Ramos and Doctor Galvino from
Exercise 12. Discuss Major Lacsons health conditions. Role-play the dialogue from
Exercise 12.
14. Match the questions and answers. When you have finished, listen to the answer
key and check your answers.
A. Ania ti marikriknam?

1. Wen, sugat ti paltog ti takkiagko.

B. Ania ti ma-araramid kaniana?

2. Agkakapsutak ken maul-ulaw.

C. Ania ti naririknam?

3. Agdardara ti sugatko.

D. Adda kaditi marikriknam a sakit?

4. Agsaksakit ti tianko.

E. Sadinno ti pagsaksakkitanna?

5. Wen, Adda ti sakit ti barukongko. Indiak


nga maka-anges

F. Nadunor ka kadi?

6. Wen, pagpatay ti saksakit.

G. Agtomtomarka kadi ti uray ania man 7.. Madi unay ti rikriknaek.


nga ag-agas?

15. What do you hear? Transcribe the following sentences into Ilokano.
Check your answers with the answer key.
Sentence 1 Audio
Sentence 2 Audio
Sentence 3 Audio

277

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1. Please answer the following questions in Ilokano:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.

What is your normal pulse?


What is your normal blood pressure?
Are you allergic to any medications?
Have you ever had a head injury?
Have you ever has a heat stroke?

2. Work with a partner or in a small group. Look at the picture and tell in Ilokano
what you think had happened with a patient. You might want to mention the
following things: Is the patient a man or a woman? What is his/her age? Is he/she a
soldier? Is he/she wounded? Is he/she injured? Is he/she in pain? Does he/she have
bleeding? Does he/she have a fever? Will he/she need to stay in the hospital? Does
he/she have high blood pressure? Does he/she have chest pain? Is he/she having a
heart attack? Can he/she breathe? Will he/she need CPR? Is he/she allergic to the
medications? Does he/she take any medications?

278

Vocabulary list
Abnormal
Aspirin
Bandage
Band-aid
Bleeding
Brain
Breathing
Cancer
CPR
Cut
Diabetes
Dressing
ER
Gunshot wound
Head injury
Heart
Heart attack
Heart disease
Heat stroke
High blood pressure
I am allergic to/
Are you allergic to
Injured
Injury
Kidney
Liver
Lungs
Organs
Painkillers
Penicillin
Pulse
Sterile
To die
To stay
Wound/ Wounded

Saan a husto/saan a kagagangay/adda ti kakurangan


Aspirin
Benda/Bed-bed
Katulong a benda/bed-bed
Agdardara
Utek
Agang-anges
Kanser
CPR
Iwa/sugat
Diabetis
Benda/Pagbed-bed
Bigla a kasapulan/ER
Sugat ti napaltogan
Dunor ti ulo
Puso
Atake ti puso
Sakit ti puso
Sakit ti kinalabes ti pudot
Alta presion
Alerdiekak ti
Alerdiekka kadi ti.
Nasugat
Dunor/sugat
Bato
Dalem
Barbara
Parparti ti uneg ti bagi
Pagpatay ti saksakit
Penisilin
Pulso
Isterilisa
Matay
Aggian/agyan
Sugat/Nasugatan

279

Answer Key
2.
A. Picture number 3
B. Picture number 4
C. Picture number 2 & 1
D. Picture number 1
6.
1. Picture A
2. Picture B
3. Picture C
1. This soldier has an injured leg.
2. This man didnt wear his hat. It was very hot today. Now he has a heat stroke.
3. This man has a dressing on his wounded arm.
7.
These are the bandages and band aids. You need them to make a dressing for a cut or
wound. They have to be sterile.
10.
A. The human brain (utek) is in charge of all body system functions.
B. The liver (dalem) is a very important organ because it helps our body to get rid of fat.
C. Exercising is very important for my heart (puso).
D. Smoking can cause lung (bara) cancer.
E. Drinking a lot of water is necessary for the kidneys (kidkidney/yusyusi).
12.
Doctor Ramos: Whats wrong with Major Lacson?
Doctor Galvino: He had a heart attack.
Doctor Ramos: What symptoms does he have now?
Doctor Galvino: He doesnt have chest pain, headache, or dizziness. He feels weak.
Doctor Ramos : Blood pressure?
Doctor Galvino: Its normal now: 140 over 80.
Doctor Ramos : Is he allergic to any medications?
Doctor Galvino: Yes, he is allergic to penicillin. He took an aspirin now.

280

Doctor Ramos : Does he have diabetes or cancer? Does he smoke?


Doctor Galvino: No, he doesnt.
Doctor Ramos : Heart diseases or heart attack in his family?
Doctor Galvino: Yes, his father died three years ago from heart disease.
Doctor Ramos : Well, I think he has to stay in the hospital for a few days.
Answers of the Questions on Exercise 12:
(1) Had a heart attack.
(2) Chest pains, headache, and dizziness for two days.
(3) Weakness; 140/80; normal
(4) Yes, allergic to penicillin; Yes. He took aspirin.
(5) No liver, kidney, brain, lung diseases and no diabetes and cancer.
(6) No, he doesnt smoke.
(7) Yes
(8) Yes
(9) Yes
14. Match the questions and answers. When you have finished, listen to the answer
key and check your answers.
A. Ania ti marikriknam?
7. Madi unay ti rikriknaek.
B. Ania ti ma-araramid kaniana?

3. Agdardara ti sugatko.

C. Ania ti naririknam?

2. Agkakapsutak ken maul-ulaw.

D. Adda kaditi marikriknam a sakit?

5. Wen, Adda ti sakit ti barukongko. Indiak


nga maka-anges.

E. Sadinno ti pagsaksakkitanna?

4. Agsaksakit ti tianko.

F. Nadunor ka kadi?

1. Wen, sugat ti paltog ti takkiagko.

G. Agtomtomarka kadi ti uray ania man 6. Wen, pagpatay ti saksakit.


nga ag-agas?
15.
1. Ania dagiti sinsintomasmo? Adda ti gorigorko ken sakit ti gorongko
2. Ania ti marikriknam? Madi ti marikriknak, Indiak a maka-anges.
3. Adda ti doktor ditoy? Daytoy a lalaki ket kaat-atake laeng ti pusona.

281

S-ar putea să vă placă și